diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index fbb3a56..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -@node =NODE= -@section The @file{=SECT=} directory -@cindex =CIND= -@include =INCL= - diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 5756f94..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -@node Directories -@chapter The repository directories -@cindex Directories -@include Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo -@include Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/section-functions.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/section-functions.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index f726a19..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/section-functions.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -@subheading Name - -The @file{=SECT=} directory organizes @dots{} - -@subheading Synopsis - -@dots{} - -@subheading Description - -@dots{} - -@subheading Examples - -@dots{} - -@subheading Author - -Written by @dots{} - -@subheading Reporting bugs - -Report bugs to @email{centos-artwork@@centos.org} mailing list. - -@subheading Copyright - -Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - -This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the -terms of the @ref{GNU General Public License}. There is NO WARRANTY, -to the extent permitted by law. - -@subheading See also - -=TEXINFO_SEEALSO= diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/section.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/section.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 9094611..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Directories/section.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -@subheading Goals - -The @file{=SECT=} directory organizes @dots{} - -@subheading Description - -@itemize -@item ... -@end itemize - -@subheading Usage - -@itemize -@item ... -@end itemize - -@subheading See also - -=TEXINFO_SEEALSO= diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index c40cf38..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,414 +0,0 @@ -Version 1.2, November 2002 - -@verbatim -Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA -@end verbatim - -Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this -license document, but changing it is not allowed. - -@subheading Preamble - -The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -functional and useful document ``free'' in the sense of freedom: to -assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, -with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. -Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way -to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible -for modifications made by others. - -This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative -works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -license designed for free software. - -We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. - -@subheading 1. Applicability and definitions - -This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that -contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be -distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a -world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that -work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below, -refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a -licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you -copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission -under copyright law. - -A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the -Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -modifications and/or translated into another language. - -A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall -subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall -directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in -part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain -any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -them. - -The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -that says that the Document is released under this License. If a -section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not -allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero -Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant -Sections then there are none. - -The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed, -as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may -be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. - -A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -represented in a format whose specification is available to the -general public, that is suitable for revising the document -straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart -or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. -An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount -of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''. - -Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of -transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats -include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by -proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -processing tools are not generally available, and the -machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word -processors for output purposes only. - -The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means -the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -preceding the beginning of the body of the text. - -A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose -title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following -text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a -specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'', -``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the -Title'' of such a section when you modify the Document means that it -remains a section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition. - -The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which -states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty -Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this -License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other -implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has -no effect on the meaning of this License. - -@subheading 2. Verbatim copying - -You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no -other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section @emph{3. -Copying in quantity}. - -You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -you may publicly display copies. - -@subheading 3. Copying in quantity - -If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have -printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the -Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the -copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -as verbatim copying in other respects. - -If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -pages. - -If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -a computer-network location from which the general network-using -public has access to download using public-standard network protocols -a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. -If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, -when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure -that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated -location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an -Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that -edition to the public. - -It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to -give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the -Document. - -@subheading 4. Modifications - -You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -the conditions of sections @emph{2. Verbatim copying} and @emph{3. -Copying in quantity} above, provided that you release the Modified -Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version -filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and -modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of -it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: - -A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which -should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the -Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the -original publisher of that version gives permission. - -B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), -unless they release you from this requirement. - -C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified -Version, as the publisher. - -D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. - -E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent -to the other copyright notices. - -F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. - -G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant -Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license -notice. - -H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. - -I. Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and -add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one -stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -Version as stated in the previous sentence. - -J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the -network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was -based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section. You may -omit a network location for a work that was published at least four -years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the -version it refers to gives permission. - -K. For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', -Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the -substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or -dedications given therein. - -L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in -their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are -not considered part of the section titles. - -M. Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section may -not be included in the Modified Version. - -N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' -or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. - -O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. - -If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. - -You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains -nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -standard. - -You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. - -The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -imply endorsement of any Modified Version. - -@subheading 5. Combining documents - -You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -License, under the terms defined in section @emph{4. Modifications} -above for modified versions, provided that you include in the -combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original -documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your -combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their -Warranty Disclaimers. - -The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. - -In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History'' -in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled -``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled -``Acknowledgements'', -and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections -Entitled ``Endorsements''. - -@subheading 6. Collections of documents - -You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other -documents released under this License, and replace the individual -copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy -that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules -of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all -other respects. - -You may extract a single document from such a collection, and -distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a -copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this -License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that -document. - -@subheading 7. Aggregation with independent works - -A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright -resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights -of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. -When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not -apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves -derivative works of the Document. - -If the Cover Text requirement of section @emph{3. Copying in quantity} -is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is -less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts -may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the -aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is -in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that -bracket the whole aggregate. - -@subheading 8. Translations - -Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section -@emph{4. Modifications}. Replacing Invariant Sections with -translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, -but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in -addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You -may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices -in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also -include the original English version of this License and the original -versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement -between the translation and the original version of this License or a -notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. - -If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', -``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section @emph{4. -Modifications}) to Preserve its Title (section @emph{1. Applicability -and definitions}) will typically require changing the actual title. - -@subheading 9. Termination - -You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document -except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other -attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is -void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. -However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under -this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -parties remain in full compliance. - -@subheading Future Revisions of this License - -The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the -GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions -will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in -detail to address new problems or concerns. See -@url{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. - -Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of -following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. - -@subheading How to use this License for your documents - -To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -the License in the document and put the following copyright and -license notices just after the title page: - -@verbatim - Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME. - - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, - Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software - Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, - and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in - the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. -@end verbatim - -If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover -Texts, replace the ``with...Texts''. line with this: - -@verbatim - with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the - Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts - being LIST. -@end verbatim - -If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other -combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the -situation. - -If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to -permit their use in free software. diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GPL.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GPL.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index 3349125..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GPL.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,376 +0,0 @@ -Version 2, June 1991 - -@verbatim -Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA -@end verbatim - -Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this -license document, but changing it is not allowed. - -@subheading Preamble - -The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom -to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License -is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free -software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This -General Public License applies to most of the Free Software -Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to -using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by -the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to -your programs, too. - -When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it -if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it -in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. - -To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid -anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. -These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if -you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. - -For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether -gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that -you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the -source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their -rights. - -We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and -(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, -distribute and/or modify the software. - -Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain -that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free -software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, -we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the -original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect -on the original authors' reputations. - -Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software -patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free -program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the -program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any -patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at -all. - -The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. - -@subheading TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION - -@subsubheading Section 0 - -This License applies to any program or other work which contains a -notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed -under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', -below, refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the -Program'' means either the Program or any derivative work under -copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a -portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated -into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without -limitation in the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed -as ``you''. - -Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not -covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of -running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program -is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the -Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). -Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. - -@subsubheading Section 1 - -You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's -source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you -conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate -copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the -notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; -and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License -along with the Program. - -You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and -you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. - -@subsubheading Section 2 - -You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion -of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and -distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 -above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - -a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices -stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. - -b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in -whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part -thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties -under the terms of this License. - -c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when -run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use -in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement -including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is -no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that -users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling -the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the -Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an -announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print -an announcement.) - -These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If -identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, -and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in -themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those -sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you -distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based -on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of -this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the -entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. - -Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest -your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to -exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or -collective works based on the Program. - -In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program -with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of -a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under -the scope of this License. - -@subsubheading Section 3 - -You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under -Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of -Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: - -a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable -source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 -and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, - -b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, -to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of -physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable -copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the -terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for -software interchange; or, - -c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to -distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed -only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the -program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in -accord with Subsection b above.) - -The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for -making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source -code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any -associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to -control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a -special exception, the source code distributed need not include -anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary -form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the -operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component -itself accompanies the executable. - -If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering -access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent -access to copy the source code from the same place counts as -distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not -compelled to copy the source along with the object code. - -@subsubheading Section 4 - -You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program -except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt -otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is -void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. -However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under -this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -parties remain in full compliance. - -@subsubheading Section 5 - -You are not required to accept this License, since you have not -signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or -distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are -prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by -modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the -Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and -all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying -the Program or works based on it. - -@subsubheading Section 6 - -Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the -Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the -original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to -these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further -restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. -You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to -this License. - -@subsubheading Section 7 - -If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent -infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), -conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or -otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not -excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot -distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this -License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you -may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent -license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by -all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then -the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to -refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. - -If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under -any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to -apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other -circumstances. - -It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any -patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any -such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the -integrity of the free software distribution system, which is -implemented by public license practices. Many people have made -generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed -through that system in reliance on consistent application of that -system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing -to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot -impose that choice. - -This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to -be a consequence of the rest of this License. - -@subsubheading Section 8 - -If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain -countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original -copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an -explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those -countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among -countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates -the limitation as if written in the body of this License. - -@subsubheading Section 9 - -The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions -of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions -will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in -detail to address new problems or concerns. - -Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program -specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any -later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions -either of that version or of any later version published by the Free -Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of -this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software -Foundation. - -@subsubheading Section 10 - -If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free -programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the -author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by -the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; -we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by -the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our -free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software -generally. - -@subsubheading NO WARRANTY - -BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY -FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT -WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER -PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR -PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE -PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME -THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - -@subsubheading Section 12 - -IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN -WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY -AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU -FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR -CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE -PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING -RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A -FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF -SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGES. - -@strong{END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS} - -@subheading How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs - -If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest -possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it -free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these -terms. - -To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest -to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively -convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least -the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is -found. - -@verbatim - - Copyright (C) 19yy - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -@end verbatim - -Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. - -If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this -when it starts in an interactive mode: - -@verbatim - Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author - Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. - This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it - under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. -@end verbatim - -The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate -parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may -be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be -mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. - -You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your -school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if -necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: - -@verbatim - Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program - `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. - - , 1 April 1989 - Ty Coon, President of Vice -@end verbatim - -This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into -proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may -consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the -library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General -Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index b8240ba..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -@menu -* GNU General Public License:: -* GNU Free Documentation License:: -@end menu diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index 2d3afa7..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -@node GNU General Public License -@section GNU General Public License -@cindex GNU General Public License -@include trunk/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GPL.texinfo - -@node GNU Free Documentation License -@section GNU Free Documentation License -@cindex GNU Free Documentation License -@include trunk/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index 27e70ae..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -@node Licenses -@chapter Licenses -@cindex Licenses -@include Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo -@include Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository-index.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository-index.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index abe002c..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository-index.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -@node Index -@unnumbered Index -@printindex cp diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository-init.pl b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository-init.pl deleted file mode 100755 index dc8c35f..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository-init.pl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -# This file extends the `trunk/Manuals/Texinfo/repository-init.pl' -# initialization file to provide English specific initializations for -# the `texi2html-1.76-4.fc6' package. -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -return 1; diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository-menu.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository-menu.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 0afc9ff..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository-menu.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -@menu -* Licenses:: -* Index:: -@end menu diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository-nodes.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository-nodes.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 9a25c5b..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository-nodes.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -@include Licenses/chapter.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository.conf b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository.conf deleted file mode 100755 index 6bafa8e..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -# This file defines the relation between section templates and -# repository paths. Here you can customize the section template of -# specific directories inside the repository. The first match wins. -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Directories/section-functions.texinfo = "(trunk|branches|tags)/Scripts/Functions/[[:alnum:]]+\.texinfo$" -Directories/section.texinfo = "(trunk|branches|tags).*\.texinfo$" diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository.sed b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository.sed deleted file mode 100755 index bc02b90..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository.sed +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sed -# -# repository.sed -- This file provide English transformations for -# texi2html outupt, based on The CentOS Project CSS definitions. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Alain Reguera Delgado -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 -# USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# Quotations. -s!

Note!

Info

Note

!g - -s!

Warning!

Warning

Warning

!g - -s!

Important!

Important

Important

!g - -s!

Tip!

Tip

Tip

!g - -s!

Caution!

Caution

Caution

!g - -s!

Convention!

Convention

Convention

!g - -s!

Redirection!

Redirection

Redirection

!g diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 10cd1cd..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/repository.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- -@c $Id$ -@c -- Header -------------------------------------------------- - -@setfilename repository.info -@settitle CentOS Artwork Repository -@documentlanguage =LOCALE_LL= -@afourpaper -@finalout - -@c -- Summary description and copyright ----------------------- - -@copying -=DESCRIPTION= - -Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - -Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or -any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no -Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A -copy of the license is included in the section entitled @ref{GNU Free -Documentation License}. -@end copying - -@c -- Titlepage, contents, copyright --------------------------- - -@titlepage -@title CentOS Artwork Repository -@subtitle Manual -@author =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= -@page -@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -@insertcopying -@end titlepage -@contents - -@c -- `Top' node and master menu ------------------------------- - -@ifnottex -@node Top -@top CentOS Artwork Repository -@insertcopying -@end ifnottex -@include repository-menu.texinfo - -@c -- The body of the document -------------------------------- - -@include repository-nodes.texinfo - -@c -- The end of the document --------------------------------- - -@bye diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 04e3e8b..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -@node =NODE= -@section El directorio @file{=SECT=} -@cindex =CIND= -@include =INCL= - diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index dbb2216..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -@node Directories -@chapter Los directorios del repositorio -@cindex Directorios -@include Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo -@include Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/section-functions.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/section-functions.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 1429cfb..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/section-functions.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -@subheading Nombre - -El directorio @file{=SECT=} organiza @dots{} - -@subheading Sinopsis - -@dots{} - -@subheading Descripci@'on - -@dots{} - -@subheading Ejemplos - -@dots{} - -@subheading Autor - -Escrito por @dots{} - -@subheading Reporte de errores - -Reporte los errores a la lista de correo @email{centos-artwork@@centos.org}. - -@subheading Derecho de copia - -Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - -Esto es software libre. Usted pude redistribuir copias de ello bajo -los t@'erminos de la Licencia P@'ublica General GNU (@pxref{GNU -General Public License}). Hasta donde la ley se extiende, NO HAY -GARANT@'IA. - -@subheading Vea adem@'as - -=TEXINFO_SEEALSO= diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/section.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/section.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 651e77a..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Directories/section.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -@subheading Objetivos - -El directorio @file{=SECT=} organiza @dots{} - -@subheading Descripci@'on - -@itemize -@item ... -@end itemize - -@subheading Uso - -@itemize -@item ... -@end itemize - -@subheading Vea adem@'as - -=TEXINFO_SEEALSO= diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index 03d02fa..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,372 +0,0 @@ -@subheading Pre@'ambulo - -El prop@'osito de esta Licencia es permitir que un manual, libro de -texto, u otro documento escrito sea «libre» en el sentido de libertad: -asegurar a todo el mundo la libertad efectiva de copiarlo y -redistribuirlo, con o sin modificaciones, de manera comercial o no. En -segundo t@'ermino, esta Licencia proporciona al autor y al editor una -manera de obtener reconocimiento por su trabajo, sin que se le -considere responsable de las modificaciones realizadas por otros. - -Esta Licencia es de tipo «copyleft», lo que significa que los trabajos -derivados del documento deben a su vez ser libres en el mismo sentido. -Complementa la Licencia P@'ublica General de GNU, que es una licencia -tipo copyleft dise@~nada para el software libre. - -Hemos dise@~nado esta Licencia para usarla en manuales de software -libre, ya que el software libre necesita documentaci@'on libre: Un -programa libre debe venir con los manuales que ofrezcan la mismas -libertades que da el software. Pero esta licencia no se limita a -manuales de software; puede ser usada para cualquier trabajo textual, -sin tener en cuenta su tem@'atica o si se publica como libro impreso. -Recomendamos esta licencia principalmente para trabajos cuyo fin sea -instructivo o de referencia. - -@subheading 1. Aplicaci@'on y definiciones - -Esta Licencia se aplica a cualquier manual u otro trabajo que contenga -un aviso colocado por el poseedor del copyright diciendo que puede -distribuirse bajo los t@'erminos de esta Licencia. El «Documento», -abajo, se refiere a cualquier manual o trabajo. Cualquier miembro del -p@'ublico es un licenciatario,y ser@'a referido como «Usted». - -Una «Versi@'on Modificada» del Documento significa cualquier trabajo que -contenga el Documento o una porci@'on del mismo, ya sea una copia -literal o con modificaciones y/o traducciones a otro idioma. - -Una «Secci@'on Secundaria» es un ap@'endice con t@'itulo o una secci@'on -preliminar del Documento que trata exclusivamente de la relaci@'on entre -los autores o editores y el tema general delDocumento que trata -exclusivamente con la relaci@'on entre los editores o autores del -Documento con el asunto general del Documento (o asuntos relacionados) -y no contiene nada que pueda considerarse dentro del tema principal. -(Por ejemplo, si el Documento es en parte un libro de texto de -matem@'aticas, una Secci@'on Secundaria no explicar@'a nada de matem@'aticas.) -La relaci@'on puede ser una conexi@'on hist@'orica con el asunto o temas -relacionados, o una opini@'on legal, comercial, filos@'ofica, @'etica o -pol@'itica acerca de ellos. - -Las «Secciones Invariantes» son ciertas Secciones Secundarias cuyos -t@'itulos son designados como Secciones Invariantes en la nota que -indica que el Documento se publica bajo esta Licencia. - -Los «Textos de Cubierta» son ciertos pasajes cortos de texto que se -listan como Textos de Cubierta Delantera o Textos de Cubierta Trasera -en la nota que indica que el Documento se publica bajo esta Licencia. - -Una copia «Transparente» del Documento, significa una copia para -lectura en m@'aquina, representada en un formato cuya especificaci@'on -est@'a disponible al p@'ublico en general, cuyo contenido puede ser visto -y editados directamente con editores de texto gen@'ericos o (para -im@'agenes compuestas por p@'ixeles) con programas gen@'ericos de -manipulaci@'on de im@'agenes o (para dibujos) con alg@'un editor de dibujos -ampliamente disponible, y que sea adecuado como entrada para -formateadores de texto o para su traducci@'on autom@'atica a formatos -adecuados para formateadores de texto. Una copia hecha en un formato -definido como Transparente, pero cuyo marcaje o ausencia de @'el haya -sido dise@~nado para impedir o dificultar modificaciones posteriores por -parte de los lectores no es Transparente. Una copia que no es -«Transparente» se denomina «Opaca». - -Como ejemplos de formatos adecuados para copias Transparentes est@'an -ASCII puro sin marcaje, formato de entrada de Texinfo, formato de -entrada de LaTeX, SGML o XML usando una DTD disponible p@'ublicamente, y -HTML, PostScript o PDF simples, que sigan los est@'andares y dise@~nos -para que los modifiquen personas.Los formatos Opacos incluyen formatos -propietarios que pueden ser le@'idos y editados @'unicamente en -procesadores de textos propietarios, SGML o XML para los cu@'ales las -DTD y/o herramientas de procesamiento no est@'en ampliamente -disponibles, y HTML, PostScript o PDF generados por algunos -procesadores de textos s@'olo como salida. - -La «Portada» significa, en un libro impreso, la p@'agina de t@'itulo, m@'as -las p@'aginas siguientes que sean necesarias para mantener legiblemente -el material que esta Licencia requiere en la portada. Para trabajos en -formatos que no tienen p@'agina de portada como tal, «Portada»significa -el texto cercano a la aparici@'on m@'as prominente del t@'itulo del -trabajo,precediendo el comienzo del cuerpo del texto. - -@subheading 2. Copia literal - -Usted puede copiar y distribuir el Documento en cualquier medio, sea -en forma comercial o no, siempre y cuando proporcione esta Licencia, -las notas de copyright y la nota que indica que esta Licencia se -aplica al Documento reproduci@'endola en todas las copias y que usted no -a@~nada ninguna otra condici@'on a las expuestas en esta Licencia. Usted -no puede usar medidas t@'ecnicas para obstruir o controlar la lectura o -copia posterior de las copias que usted haga o distribuya. Sin -embargo, usted puede aceptar compensaci@'on a cambio de las copias. Si -distribuye un n@'umero suficientemente grande de copias tambi@'en deber@'a -seguir las condiciones de la secci@'on 3. - -Usted tambi@'en puede prestar copias, bajo las mismas condiciones -establecidas anteriormente, y puede exhibir copias p@'ublicamente. - -@subheading 3. Copiando en cantidad - -Si publica copias impresas del Documento que sobrepasen las 100, y la -nota de licencia del Documento exige Textos de Cubierta, debe -incluirlas copias con cubiertas que lleven en forma clara y legible -todos esos Textos de Cubierta: Textos de Cubierta Delantera en la -cubierta delantera y Textos de Cubierta Trasera en la cubierta -trasera. Ambas cubiertas deben identificarlo a Usted clara y -legiblemente como editor de tales copias. La cubierta debe mostrar el -t@'itulo completo con todas las palabras igualmente prominentes y -visibles. Adem@'as puede a@~nadir otro material en las cubiertas. Las -copias con cambios limitados a las cubiertas, siempre que conserven el -t@'itulo del Documento y satisfagan estas condiciones, pueden -considerarse como copias literales en todos los aspectos. - -Si los textos requeridos para la cubierta son muy voluminosos para que -ajusten legiblemente, debe colocar los primeros (tantos como sea -razonable colocar) en la verdadera cubierta y situar el resto en -p@'aginas adyacentes. - -Si Usted publica o distribuye copias Opacas del Documento cuya -cantidad exceda las 100, debe incluir una copia Transparente, que -pueda ser le@'ida por una m@'aquina, con cada copia Opaca, o bien mostrar, -en cada copia Opaca, una direcci@'on de red donde cualquier usuario de -la misma tenga acceso por medio de protocolos p@'ublicos y -estandarizados a una copia Transparente del Documento completa, sin -material adicional. Si usted hace uso de la @'ultima opci@'on, deber@'a -tomar las medidas necesarias, cuando comience la distribuci@'on de las -copias Opacas en cantidad, para asegurar que esta copia Transparente -permanecer@'a accesible en el sitio establecido por lo menos un a@~no -despu@'es de la @'ultima vez que distribuya una copia Opaca de esa edici@'on -al p@'ublico (directamente o a trav@'es de sus agentes o distribuidores). - -Se solicita, aunque no es requisito, que se ponga en contacto con los -autores del Documento antes de redistribuir gran n@'umero de copias, -para darles la oportunidad de que le proporcionen una versi@'on -actualizada del Documento. - -@subheading 4. Modificaciones - -Puede copiar y distribuir una Versi@'on Modificada del Documento bajo -las condiciones de las secciones 2 y 3 anteriores, siempre que Usted -libere la Versi@'on Modificada bajo esta misma Licencia, con la Versi@'on -Modificada haciendo el rol del Documento, por lo tanto dando Licencia -de distribuci@'on y modificaci@'on de la Versi@'on Modificada a quienquiera -posea una copia de la misma. Adem@'as, debe hacer lo siguiente en la -Versi@'on Modificada: - -A. Usar en la Portada (y en las cubiertas, si hay alguna) un t@'itulo -distinto al del Documento y de sus versiones anteriores (que deber@'ian, -si hay alguna, estar listadas en la secci@'on de Historia del -Documento). Puede usar el mismo t@'itulo de versiones anteriores al -original siempre y cuando quien las public@'o originalmente otorgue -permiso. - -B. Listar en la Portada, como autores, una o m@'as personas o entidades -responsables de la autor@'ia de las modificaciones de la Versi@'on -Modificada, junto con por lo menos cinco de los autores principales -del Documento (todos sus autores principales, si hay menos de cinco), -a menos que le eximan de tal requisito. - -C. Mostrar en la Portada como editor el nombre del editor de la -Versi@'on Modificada - -D. Conservar todas las notas de copyright del Documento. - -E. A@~nadir una nota de copyright apropiada a sus modificaciones, -adyacente a las otras notas de copyright. - -F. Incluir, inmediatamente despu@'es de los avisos de copyright, una -nota de licencia dando el permiso p@'ublico para usar la Versi@'on -Modificada bajo los t@'erminos de esta Licencia, de la forma mostrada en -el Adenda de m@'as abajo. - -G. Incluir, inmediatamente despu@'es de ese aviso de licencia, la lista -completa de Secciones invariantes y de los Textos de Cubierta que sean -requeridos en el aviso de Licencia del Documento original. - -H. Incluir una copia sin modificaci@'on de esta Licencia. - -I. Conservar la secci@'on titulada «Historia», conservar su T@'itulo y -a@~nadirle un elemento que declare al menos el t@'itulo, el a@~no, los -nuevos autores y el editor de la Versi@'on Modificada, tal como figuran -en la Portada. Si no hay una secci@'on titulada «Historia» en el -Documento, crear una estableciendo el t@'itulo, el a@~no, los autores y el -editor del Documento, tal como figuran en su Portada, a@~nadiendo adem@'as -un elemento describiendo la Versi@'on Modificada, como se estableci@'o en -la sentencia anterior. - -J. Conservar la direcci@'on en red, si la hay, dada en el Documento para -el acceso p@'ublico a una copia Transparente del mismo, as@'i como las -otras direcciones de red dadas en el Documento para versiones -anteriores en las que estuviese basado. Pueden ubicarse en la secci@'on -«Historia». Se puede omitir la ubicaci@'on en red de un trabajo que haya -sido publicado por lo menos cuatro a@~nos antes que el Documento mismo, -o si el editor original de dicha versi@'on da permiso. - -K. En cualquier secci@'on titulada «Agradecimientos» o «Dedicatorias», -conservar el t@'itulo de la secci@'on y conservar en ella toda la -sustancia y el tono de los agradecimientos y/o dedicatorias incluidas -por cada contribuyente. - -L. Conservar todas las Secciones Invariantes del Documento, sin -alterar su texto ni sus t@'itulos. Los n@'umeros de secci@'on o equivalentes -no se consideran parte de los t@'itulos de la secci@'on. - -M. Borrar cualquier secci@'on titulada «Aprobaciones». Tales secciones -no pueden estar incluidas en las Versiones Modificadas. - -N. No cambiar el t@'itulo de ninguna secci@'on existente a «Aprobaciones» -ni a uno que entre en conflicto con el de alguna Secci@'on Invariante. - -Si la Versi@'on Modificada incluye secciones o ap@'endices nuevos que -cualifiquen como Secciones Secundarias y no contienen ning@'un material -copiado del Documento, puede opcionalmente designar algunas o todas -esas secciones como invariantes. Para hacerlo, a@~nada sus t@'itulos a la -lista de Secciones Invariantes en el aviso de licencia de la Versi@'on -Modificada. Tales t@'itulos deben ser distintos de cualquier otro t@'itulo -de secci@'on. - -Puede a@~nadir una secci@'on titulada «Aprobaciones», siempre que contenga -@'unicamente aprobaciones de su Versi@'on Modificada por otras fuentes ---por ejemplo, observaciones de compa@~neros o que el texto ha sido -aprobado por una organizaci@'on como definici@'on oficial de un est@'andar. - -Puede a@~nadir un pasaje de hasta cinco palabras como Texto de Cubierta -Delantera y un pasaje de hasta 25 palabras como Texto de Cubierta -Trasera al final de la lista de Texto de Cubierta en la Versi@'on -Modificada. Una entidad s@'olo puede a@~nadir (o hacer que se a@~nada) un -pasaje al Texto de Cubierta Delantera y uno al de Cubierta Trasera. Si -el Documento ya incluye un textos de cubiertas a@~nadidos previamente -por usted o por acuerdo previo con la entidad que usted representa, -usted no puede a@~nadir otro; pero puede reemplazar el anterior, con -permiso expl@'icito del editor anterior que agreg@'o el texto anterior. - -Con esta Licencia ni los autores ni los editores del Documento dan -permiso para usar sus nombres para publicidad ni para asegurar o -implicar aprobaci@'on de cualquier Versi@'on Modificada. - -@subheading 5. Combinaci@'on de documentos - -Usted puede combinar el Documento con otros documentos liberados bajo -esta Licencia, bajo los t@'erminos definidos en la secci@'on section 4 m@'as -arriba para versiones modificadas, siempre que incluya en la -combinaci@'on todas las Secciones Invariantes de todos los documentos -originales, sin modificaciones, y las liste todas como Secciones -Invariantes de su trabajo combinado en su aviso de licencia. - -El trabajo combinado necesita contener solamente una copia de esta -Licencia, y m@'ultiples Secciones Invariantes id@'enticas pueden -reemplazarse por una sola copia. Si hay m@'ultiples Secciones -Invariantes con el mismo nombre pero con contenidos diferentes, haga -el t@'itulo de cada una de estas secciones @'unico a@~nadi@'endolo al final de -este, entre par@'entesis, el nombre del autor o de quien edit@'o -originalmente esa secci@'on, si es conocido, o si no, un n@'umero @'unico. -Haga el mismo ajuste a los t@'itulos de secci@'on en la lista de Secciones -Invariantes en la nota de licencia del trabajo combinado. - -En la combinaci@'on, debe combinar cualquier secci@'on titulada «Historia» -de los distintos documentos originales, formando una secci@'on titulada -«Historia»; de la misma forma, combine cualquier secci@'on titulada -«Reconocimientos» y cualquier secci@'on titulada «Dedicatorias». Debe -borrar todas las secciones tituladas «Aprobaciones». - -@subheading 6. Colecciones de documentos - -Puede hacer una colecci@'on que conste del Documento y de otros -documentos publicados bajo esta Licencia, y reemplazar las copias -individuales de esta Licencia en todos los documentos por una sola -copia que est@'e incluida en la colecci@'on, siempre que siga las reglas -de esta Licencia para cada copia literal de cada uno de los documentos -en cualquiera de los dem@'as aspectos. - -Puede extraer un solo documento de una de tales colecciones y -distribuirlo individualmente bajo esta Licencia, siempre que inserte -una copia de esta Licencia en el documento extra@'ido, y siga esta -Licencia en todos los dem@'as aspectos relativos a la copia literal de -dicho documento. - -@subheading 7. Agregaci@'on con trabajos independientes - -Una recopilaci@'on que conste del Documento o sus derivados y de otros -documentos o trabajos separados e independientes, en cualquier soporte -de almacenamiento o distribuci@'on, no cuenta como un todo como una -Versi@'on Modificada del Documento, siempre que no se reclame ning@'un -derecho de copyright por la compilaci@'on. Dicha compilaci@'on se denomina -un «agregado», y esta Licencia no se aplica a otros trabajos -autocontenidos incluidos con el Documento. teniendo en cuenta que son -compilados, si no son los mismos trabajos derivados del Documento. Si -el requisito de Texto de Cubierta de la secci@'on 3 es aplicable a estas -copias del Documento, entonces si el Documento es menor que un cuarto -del agregado completo, los Textos de Cubierta del Documento pueden -colocarse en cubiertas que enmarquen solamente el Documento dentro del -agregado. En caso contrario deben aparecer en cubiertas impresas -enmarcando todo el agregado. - -@subheading 8. Traducci@'on - -La Traducci@'on se considera como un tipo de modificaci@'on, por lo que -usted puede distribuir traducciones del Documento bajo los t@'erminos de -la secci@'on 4. El reemplazo las Secciones Invariantes por traducciones -requiere permiso especial de los poseedores del copyright, pero usted -puede incluir traducciones de algunas o todas las Secciones -Invariantes junto con las versiones originales de las mismas. Puede -incluir una traducci@'on de esta Licencia, siempre que incluya tambi@'en -la versi@'on original en ingl@'es de esta Licencia. En caso de desacuerdo -entre la traducci@'on y la versi@'on original en ingl@'es de esta Licencia, -la versi@'on original en Ingl@'es prevalecer@'a. - -@subheading 9. Terminaci@'on - -Usted no puede copiar, modificar, sublicenciar o distribuir el -Documento salvo por lo permitido expresamente por esta Licencia. -Cualquier otro intento de copia, modificaci@'on, sublicenciamiento o -distribuci@'on del Documento es nulo, y dar@'a por terminados -autom@'aticamente sus derechos bajo esa Licencia. Sin embargo, los -terceros que hayan recibido copias, o derechos, de usted bajo esta -Licencia no ver@'an terminadas sus licencias, siempre que permanezcan en -total conformidad con ella. - -@subheading Revisiones futuras de esta licencia - -La Free Software Foundation puede publicar versiones nuevas y -revisadas de la Licencia de Documentaci@'on Libre GNU de vez en cuando. -Dichas versiones nuevas ser@'an similares en esp@'iritu a la presente -versi@'on, pero pueden diferir en detalles para solucionar nuevos -problemas o preocupaciones. Vea @url{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. - -Cada versi@'on de la Licencia tiene un n@'umero de versi@'on que la -distingue. Si el Documento especifica que se aplica una versi@'on -numerada en particular de esta licencia o «cualquier versi@'on -posterior», usted tiene la opci@'on de seguir los t@'erminos y condiciones -de la versi@'on especificada o cualquiera posterior que haya sido -publicada (no como borrador) por la Free Software Foundation. Si el -Documento no especifica un n@'umero de versi@'on de esta Licencia, puede -escoger cualquier versi@'on que haya sido publicada (no como borrador) -por la Free Software Foundation. - -@subheading Adenda - -Para usar esta licencia en un documento que usted haya escrito, -incluya una copia de la Licencia en el documento y ponga el siguiente -copyright y notificaci@'on de licencia justo despu@'es de la p@'agina de -t@'itulo: - -@example -Copyright © A@~NO SU NOMBRE. - -Se otorga permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento -bajo los t@'erminos de la Licencia de Documentaci@'on Libre de GNU, -Versi@'on 1.1 o cualquier otra versi@'on posterior publicada por la -Free Software Foundation; con las Secciones Invariantes siendo su -LISTE SUS T@'ITULOS, con Textos de Cubierta Delantera siendo LISTA, y -con los Textos de Cubierta Trasera siendo LISTA. Una copia de la -licencia est@'a incluida en la sección titulada «GNU Free -Documentation License». -@end example - -Si no tiene Secciones Invariantes, escriba «sin Secciones Invariantes» -en vez de decir cu@'ales son invariantes. Si no tiene Textos de Cubierta -Frontal, escriba «sin Textos de Cubierta Frontal»; de la misma manera -para Textos de Cubierta Trasera. - -Si su documento contiene ejemplos de c@'odigo de programa no triviales, -recomendamos liberar estos ejemplos en paralelo bajo la licencia de -software libre que usted elija, como la Licencia P@'ublica General de -GNU (@pxref{GNU General Public License}), para permitir su uso en -software libre. diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GPL.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GPL.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index a567b6e..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GPL.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,329 +0,0 @@ -@subheading Pre@'ambulo - -Las licencias que cubren la mayor parte del software est@'an dise@~nadas -para quitarle a usted la libertad de compartirlo y modificarlo. Por el -contrario, la Licencia P@'ublica General de GNU pretende garantizarle la -libertad de compartir y modificar software libre, para asegurar que el -software es libre para todos sus usuarios. Esta Licencia P@'ublica -General se aplica a la mayor parte del software del la Free Software -Foundation y a cualquier otro programa si sus autores se comprometen a -utilizarla. (Existe otro software de la Free Software Foundation que -est@'a cubierto por la Licencia P@'ublica General de GNU para -Bibliotecas). Si quiere, tambi@'en puede aplicarla a sus propios -programas. - -Cuando hablamos de software libre, estamos refiri@'endonos a libertad, -no a precio. Nuestras Licencias P@'ublicas Generales est@'an dise@~nadas -para asegurarnos de que tenga la libertad de distribuir copias de -software libre (y cobrar por ese servicio si quiere), de que reciba el -c@'odigo fuente o que pueda conseguirlo si lo quiere, de que pueda -modificar el software o usar fragmentos de @'el en programas nuevos -libres, y de que sepa que puede hacer todas estas cosas. - -Para proteger sus derechos necesitamos algunas restricciones que -proh@'iban a cualquiera negarle a usted estos derechos o pedirle que -renuncie a ellos. Estas restricciones se traducen en ciertas -obligaciones que le afectan si distribuye copias del software, o si lo -modifica. - -Por ejemplo, si distribuye copias de uno de estos programas, sea -gratuitamente, o a cambio de una contraprestaci@'on, debe dar a los -receptores todos los derechos que tiene. Debe asegurarse de que ellos -tambi@'en reciben, o pueden conseguir, el c@'odigo fuente. Y debe -mostrarles estas condiciones de forma que conozcan sus derechos. - -Protegemos sus derechos con la combinaci@'on de dos medidas: - -@itemize -@item Derechos de copia del software (copyright), y -@item Le ofrecemos esta licencia, que le da permiso legal para copiar, -distribuir y/o modificar el software. -@end itemize - -Tambi@'en, para la protecci@'on de cada autor y la nuestra propia, -queremos asegurarnos de que todo el mundo comprende que no se -proporciona ninguna garant@'ia para este software libre. Si el software -se modifica por cualquiera y @'este a su vez lo distribuye, queremos que -sus receptores sepan que lo que tienen no es el original, de forma que -cualquier problema introducido por otros no afecte a la reputaci@'on de -los autores originales. - -Finalmente, cualquier programa libre est@'a constantemente amenazado por -patentes sobre el software. Queremos evitar el peligro de que los -redistribuidores de un programa libre obtengan patentes por su cuenta, -convirtiendo de facto el programa en propietario. Para evitar esto, -hemos dejado claro que cualquier patente debe ser pedida para el uso -libre de cualquiera, o no ser pedida. - -Los t@'erminos precisos y las condiciones para la copia, distribuci@'on y -modificaci@'on se exponen a continuaci@'on. - -@subheading T@'ERMINOS Y CONDICIONES PARA LA COPIA, DISTRIBUCI@'ON Y MODIFICACI@'ON - -@subsubheading Secci@'on 0 - -Esta Licencia se aplica a cualquier programa u otro tipo de obra que -contenga una notificaci@'on colocada por el propietario del copyright -diciendo que puede distribuirse bajo los t@'erminos de esta Licencia -P@'ublica General. El «Programa», en adelante, se referir@'a a cualquier -programa u obra, y «obra basada en el Programa» se referir@'a bien al -Programa o a cualquier trabajo derivado de @'el seg@'un la ley de derechos -de autor (copyright): Esto es, una obra o trabajo que contenga el -programa o una porci@'on de @'el, bien en forma literal o con -modificaciones y/o traducido en otro lenguaje. Aqu@'i y despu@'es, la -traducci@'on est@'a incluida sin limitaci@'on en el t@'ermino «modificaci@'on». -Cada concesionario (licenciatario) ser@'a denominado «usted». - -Cualquier otra actividad que no sea la copia, distribuci@'on o -modificaci@'on no est@'a cubierta por esta Licencia, est@'a fuera de su -@'ambito. El acto de ejecutar el Programa no est@'a restringido, y los -resultados del Programa est@'an cubiertos @'unicamente si sus contenidos -constituyen un trabajo basado en el Programa, independientemente de -haberlo producido mediante la ejecuci@'on del programa. El que esto se -cumpla, depende de lo que haga el programa. - -@subsubheading Secci@'on 1 - -Usted puede copiar y distribuir copias literales del c@'odigo fuente del -Programa, seg@'un lo has recibido, en cualquier medio, supuesto que de -forma adecuada y bien visible publique en cada copia un anuncio de -copyright adecuado y un repudio de garant@'ia, mantenga intactos todos -los anuncios que se refieran a esta Licencia y a la ausencia de -garant@'ia, y proporcione a cualquier otro receptor del programa una -copia de esta Licencia junto con el Programa. - -Puede cobrar un precio por el acto f@'isico de transferir una copia, y -puede, seg@'un su libre albedr@'io, ofrecer garant@'ia a cambio de unos -honorarios. - -@subsubheading Secci@'on 2 - -Puede modificar su copia o copias del Programa o de cualquier porci@'on -de @'el, formando de esta manera un trabajo basado en el Programa, y -copiar y distribuir esa modificaci@'on o trabajo bajo los t@'erminos de la -Secci@'on 1 anterior, probado que adem@'as usted cumpla con todas las -siguientes condiciones: - -@enumerate -@item Debe hacer que los ficheros modificados lleven anuncios -prominentes indicando que los ha cambiado y la fecha de cualquier -cambio. - -@item Debe hacer que cualquier trabajo que distribuya o publique y que -en todo o en parte contenga o sea derivado del Programa o de cualquier -parte de @'el sea licenciada como un todo, sin carga alguna, a todas las -terceras partes y bajo los t@'erminos de esta Licencia. - -@item If the modified program normally reads commands interactively -when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive -use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement -including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is -no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that -users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling -the user how to view a copy of this License. - -Excepci@'on: Si el propio Programa es interactivo pero normalmente no -muestra ese anuncio, no se requiere que su trabajo basado en el -Programa muestre ning@'un anuncio. - -@end enumerate - -Estos requisitos se aplican al trabajo modificado como un todo. Si -partes identificables de ese trabajo no son derivadas del Programa, y -pueden, razonablemente, ser consideradas trabajos independientes y -separados por ellos mismos, entonces esta Licencia y sus t@'erminos no -se aplican a esas partes cuando sean distribuidas como trabajos -separados. Pero cuando distribuya esas mismas secciones como partes de -un todo que es un trabajo basado en el Programa, la distribuci@'on del -todo debe ser seg@'un los t@'erminos de esta licencia, cuyos permisos para -otros licenciatarios se extienden al todo completo, y por lo tanto a -todas y cada una de sus partes, con independencia de qui@'en la -escribi@'o. - -Por lo tanto, no es la intenci@'on de este apartado reclamar derechos o -desafiar sus derechos sobre trabajos escritos totalmente por usted -mismo. El intento es ejercer el derecho a controlar la distribuci@'on de -trabajos derivados o colectivos basados en el Programa. - -Adem@'as, el simple hecho de reunir un trabajo no basado en el Programa -con el Programa (o con un trabajo basado en el Programa) en un volumen -de almacenamiento o en un medio de distribuci@'on no hace que dicho -trabajo entre dentro del @'ambito cubierto por esta Licencia. - -@subsubheading Secci@'on 3 - -Puede copiar y distribuir el Programa (o un trabajo basado en @'el, -seg@'un se especifica en la Secci@'on 2, como c@'odigo objeto o en formato -ejecutable seg@'un los t@'erminos de las Secciones 1 y 2 anteriores, -supuesto que adem@'as cumpla una de las siguientes condiciones: - -@enumerate - -@item Acompa@~narlo con el c@'odigo fuente le@'ible completo -correspondiente, le@'ible por m@'aquinas, que debe ser distribuido seg@'un -los t@'erminos las Secciones 1 y 2 mencionadas antes en un medio -habitualmente utilizado para el intercambio de software, o, - -@item Acompa@~narlo con una oferta por escrito, v@'alida durante al menos -tres a@~nos, de proporcionar a cualquier tercera parte una copia -completa en formato electr@'onico del c@'odigo fuente correspondiente, a -un coste no mayor que el de realizar f@'isicamente la distribuci@'on del -fuente, que ser@'a distribuido bajo las condiciones descritas en los -apartados 1 y 2 anteriores, en un medio habitualmente utilizado para -el intercambio de programas, o - -@item Acompa@~narlo con la informaci@'on que recibiste ofreciendo -distribuir el c@'odigo fuente correspondiente. (Esta opci@'on se permite -s@'olo para distribuci@'on no comercial y s@'olo si usted recibi@'o el -programa como c@'odigo objeto o en formato ejecutable con tal oferta, de -acuerdo con la Subsecci@'on b anterior). -@end enumerate - -Por c@'odigo fuente de un trabajo se entiende la forma preferida del -trabajo cuando se le hacen modificaciones. Para un trabajo ejecutable, -se entiende por c@'odigo fuente completo todo el c@'odigo fuente para -todos los m@'odulos que contiene, m@'as cualquier fichero asociado de -definici@'on de interfaces, m@'as los guiones utilizados para controlar la -compilaci@'on e instalaci@'on del ejecutable. Como excepci@'on especial el -c@'odigo fuente distribuido no necesita incluir nada que sea distribuido -normalmente (bien como fuente, bien en forma binaria) con los -componentes principales (compilador, n@'ucleo y similares) del sistema -operativo en el cual funciona el ejecutable, a no ser que el propio -componente acompa@~ne al ejecutable. - -Si la distribuci@'on del ejecutable o del c@'odigo objeto se hace mediante -la oferta acceso para copiarlo de un cierto lugar, entonces se -considera la oferta de acceso para copiar el c@'odigo fuente del mismo -lugar como distribuci@'on del c@'odigo fuente, incluso aunque terceras -partes no est@'en forzadas a copiar el fuente junto con el c@'odigo -objeto. - -@subsubheading Secci@'on 4 - -No puede copiar, modificar, sublicenciar o distribuir el Programa -excepto como prev@'e expresamente esta Licencia. Cualquier intento de -copiar, modificar sublicenciar o distribuir el Programa de otra forma -es inv@'alida, y har@'a que cesen autom@'aticamente los derechos que te -proporciona esta Licencia. En cualquier caso, las partes que hayan -recibido copias o derechos de usted bajo esta Licencia no cesar@'an en -sus derechos mientras esas partes contin@'uen cumpli@'endola. 5Secci@'on 5 - -No est@'a obligado a aceptar esta licencia, ya que no la ha firmado. Sin -embargo, no hay hada m@'as que le proporcione permiso para modificar o -distribuir el Programa o sus trabajos derivados. Estas acciones est@'an -prohibidas por la ley si no acepta esta Licencia. Por lo tanto, si -modifica o distribuye el Programa (o cualquier trabajo basado en el -Programa), est@'a indicando que acepta esta Licencia para poder hacerlo, -y todos sus t@'erminos y condiciones para copiar, distribuir o modificar -el Programa o trabajos basados en @'el. 6Secci@'on 6 - -Cada vez que redistribuya el Programa (o cualquier trabajo basado en -el Programa), el receptor recibe autom@'aticamente una licencia del -licenciatario original para copiar, distribuir o modificar el -Programa, de forma sujeta a estos t@'erminos y condiciones. No puede -imponer al receptor ninguna restricci@'on m@'as sobre el ejercicio de los -derechos aqu@'i garantizados. No es usted responsable de hacer cumplir -esta licencia por terceras partes. 7Secci@'on 7 - -Si como consecuencia de una resoluci@'on judicial o de una alegaci@'on de -infracci@'on de patente o por cualquier otra raz@'on (no limitada a -asuntos relacionados con patentes) se le imponen condiciones (ya sea -por mandato judicial, por acuerdo o por cualquier otra causa) que -contradigan las condiciones de esta Licencia, ello no le exime de -cumplir las condiciones de esta Licencia. Si no puede realizar -distribuciones de forma que se satisfagan simult@'aneamente sus -obligaciones bajo esta licencia y cualquier otra obligaci@'on pertinente -entonces, como consecuencia, no puede distribuir el Programa de -ninguna forma. Por ejemplo, si una patente no permite la -redistribuci@'on libre de derechos de autor del Programa por parte de -todos aquellos que reciban copias directa o indirectamente a trav@'es de -usted, entonces la @'unica forma en que podr@'ia satisfacer tanto esa -condici@'on como esta Licencia ser@'ia evitar completamente la -distribuci@'on del Programa. - -Si cualquier porci@'on de este apartado se considera inv@'alida o -imposible de cumplir bajo cualquier circunstancia particular ha de -cumplirse el resto y la secci@'on por entero ha de cumplirse en -cualquier otra circunstancia. - -No es el prop@'osito de este apartado inducirle a infringir ninguna -reivindicaci@'on de patente ni de ning@'un otro derecho de propiedad o -impugnar la validez de ninguna de dichas reivindicaciones. Este -apartado tiene el @'unico prop@'osito de proteger la integridad del -sistema de distribuci@'on de software libre, que se realiza mediante -pr@'acticas de licencia p@'ublica. Mucha gente ha hecho contribuciones -generosas a la gran variedad de software distribuido mediante ese -sistema con la confianza de que el sistema se aplicar@'a -consistentemente. Ser@'a el autor/donante quien decida si quiere -distribuir software mediante cualquier otro sistema y una licencia no -puede imponer esa elecci@'on. - -Este apartado pretende dejar completamente claro lo que se cree que es -una consecuencia del resto de esta Licencia. - -@subsubheading Secci@'on 8 - -Si la distribuci@'on y/o uso de el Programa est@'a restringida en ciertos -pa@'ises, bien por patentes o por interfaces bajo copyright, el tenedor -del copyright que coloca este Programa bajo esta Licencia puede a@~nadir -una limitaci@'on expl@'icita de distribuci@'on geogr@'afica excluyendo esos -pa@'ises, de forma que la distribuci@'on se permita s@'olo en o entre los -pa@'ises no excluidos de esta manera. En ese caso, esta Licencia -incorporar@'a la limitaci@'on como si estuviese escrita en el cuerpo de -esta Licencia. 9Secci@'on 9 - -La Free Software Foundation puede publicar versiones revisadas y/o -nuevas de la Licencia P@'ublica General de tiempo en tiempo. Dichas -nuevas versiones ser@'an similares en esp@'iritu a la presente versi@'on, -pero pueden ser diferentes en detalles para considerar nuevos -problemas o situaciones. - -Cada versi@'on recibe un n@'umero de versi@'on que la distingue de otras. Si -el Programa especifica un n@'umero de versi@'on de esta Licencia que se -aplica aplica a @'este y a «cualquier versi@'on posterior», usted tiene la -opci@'on de seguir los t@'erminos y condiciones, bien de esa versi@'on, bien -de cualquier versi@'on posterior publicada por la Free Software -Foundation. Si el Programa no especifica un n@'umero de versi@'on de esta -Licencia, usted puede escoger cualquier versi@'on publicada por la Free -Software Foundation. - -@subsubheading Secci@'on 10 - -Si quiere incorporar partes del Programa en otros programas libres -cuyas condiciones de distribuci@'on son diferentes, escribe al autor -para pedirle permiso. Si el software tiene copyright de la Free -Software Foundation, escribe a la Free Software Foundation: algunas -veces hacemos excepciones en estos casos. Nuestra decisi@'on estar@'a -guiada por el doble objetivo de de preservar la libertad de todos los -derivados de nuestro software libre y promover el que se comparta y -reutilice el software en general. - -@subsubheading AUSENCIA DE GARANT@'IA - -Secci@'on 11 - -DEBIDO A QUE EL PROGRAMA SE LICENCIA LIBRE DE CARGAS, NO SE OFRECE -NINGUNA GARANT@'IA SOBRE EL PROGRAMA, EN TODA LA EXTENSI@'ON PERMITIDA POR -LA LEGISLACI@'ON APLICABLE. EXCEPTO CUANDO SE INDIQUE DE OTRA FORMA POR -ESCRITO, LOS PROPIETARIOS DEL COPYRIGHT Y/U OTRAS PARTES PROPORCIONAN -EL PROGRAMA «TAL CUAL», SIN GARANT@'IA DE NINGUNA CLASE, BIEN EXPRESA O -IMPL@'ICITA, CON INCLUSI@'ON, PERO SIN LIMITACI@'ON A LAS GARANT@'IAS -MERCANTILES IMPL@'ICITAS O A LA CONVENIENCIA PARA UN PROP@'OSITO -PARTICULAR. CUALQUIER RIESGO REFERENTE A LA CALIDAD Y PRESTACIONES DEL -PROGRAMA ES ASUMIDO POR USTED. SI SE PROBASE QUE EL PROGRAMA ES -DEFECTUOSO, USTED ASUME EL COSTE DE CUALQUIER SERVICIO, REPARACI@'ON O -CORRECCI@'ON NECESARIO. - -@subsubheading Secci@'on 12 - -EN NING@'UN CASO, SALVO QUE LO REQUIERA LA LEGISLACI@'ON APLICABLE O HAYA -SIDO ACORDADO POR ESCRITO, NING@'UN TENEDOR DEL COPYRIGHT NI NINGUNA -OTRA PARTE QUE MODIFIQUE Y/O REDISTRIBUYA EL PROGRAMA SEG@'UN SE PERMITE -EN ESTA LICENCIA SER@'A RESPONSABLE ANTE USTED POR DA@~NOS, INCLUYENDO -CUALQUIER DA@~NO GENERAL, ESPECIAL, INCIDENTAL O RESULTANTE PRODUCIDO -POR EL USO O LA IMPOSIBILIDAD DE USO DEL PROGRAMA (CON INCLUSI@'ON, PERO -SIN LIMITACI@'ON A LA P@'ERDIDA DE DATOS O A LA GENERACI@'ON INCORRECTA DE -DATOS O A P@'ERDIDAS SUFRIDAS POR USTED O POR TERCERAS PARTES O A UN -FALLO DEL PROGRAMA AL FUNCIONAR EN COMBINACI@'ON CON CUALQUIER OTRO -PROGRAMA), INCLUSO SI DICHO TENEDOR U OTRA PARTE HA SIDO ADVERTIDO DE -LA POSIBILIDAD DE DICHOS DA@~NOS. diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index b8240ba..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -@menu -* GNU General Public License:: -* GNU Free Documentation License:: -@end menu diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index c4e8718..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -@node GNU General Public License -@section Licencia P@'ublica General de GNU -@cindex Licencia p@'ublica general GNU -@include trunk/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GPL.texinfo - -@node GNU Free Documentation License -@section Licencia de Documentaci@'on Libre de GNU -@cindex Licencia documentaci@'on libre GNU -@include trunk/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index 38edb4b..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -@node Licenses -@chapter Licencias -@cindex Licencias -@include Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo -@include Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository-index.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository-index.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index a299097..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository-index.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -@node Index -@unnumbered @'Indice -@printindex cp diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository-init.pl b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository-init.pl deleted file mode 100755 index e3173c2..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository-init.pl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -# This file extends the 'trunk/Manuals/Texinfo/repository-init.pl' -# initialization file to provide Spanish translation messages for the -# `texi2html-1.76-4.fc6' package. -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -$LANGUAGES->{'es'} = { - ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => 'Los botones en el panel de navegación tienen el significado siguiente:', - ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => 'donde el @strong{Ejemplo} asume que la posición actual es en @strong{Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Tres}', - ' Up ' => 'Arriba', - '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '', - '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '', - '%{name} of %{class}' => '%{name} de %{class}', - '%{name} on %{class}' => '%{name} en %{class}', - '%{node_file_href}' => '', - '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '', - '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'sección %{node_file_href} `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', - '%{reference_name}' => '', - '%{style} %{number}' => '', - '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '', - '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '', - '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '', - '@cite{%{book}}' => '', - 'About This Document' => 'Acerca de este documento', - 'April' => 'abril', - 'August' => 'agosto', - 'Button' => 'Botón', - 'Contents' => 'Contenidos', - 'Current Position' => 'Posición actual', - 'December' => 'diciembre', - 'February' => 'febrero', - 'Footnotes' => 'Pie de página', - 'From 1.2.3 go to' => 'Desde 1.2.3 va a', - 'Go to' => 'Ir a', - 'Index' => 'Índice', - 'Index Entry' => 'Entrada índice', - 'January' => 'enero', - 'July' => 'julio', - 'Jump to' => 'Saltar a', - 'June' => 'junio', - 'March' => 'marzo', - 'May' => 'mayo', - 'Menu:' => 'Menú:', - 'Name' => 'Nombre', - 'Next' => 'Siguiente', - 'November' => 'noviembre', - 'October' => 'octubre', - 'Overview' => 'Introducción', - 'Overview:' => 'Introducción:', - 'Prev' => 'Anterior', - 'Section' => 'Sección', - 'Section One' => 'Sección Uno', - 'See %{node_file_href}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href}', - 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}', - 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase la sección %{node_file_href} `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', - 'See %{reference_name}' => 'Véase %{reference_name}', - 'See @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase @cite{%{book}}', - 'See section %{reference_name}' => 'Véase la sección %{reference_name}', - 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase la sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', - 'September' => 'septiembre', - 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Resumen del Contenido', - 'Subsection One-Four' => 'Subsección Uno-Cuatro', - 'Subsection One-One' => 'Subsección Uno-Uno', - 'Subsection One-Three' => 'Subsección Uno-Tres', - 'Subsection One-Two' => 'Subsección Uno-Dos', - 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Cuatro', - 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Uno', - 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Tress', - 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Dos', - 'T2H_today' => '', - 'Table of Contents' => 'Tabla de contenidos', - 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado pr @emph{%{user}} en @emph{%{date}} usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', - 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado por @emph{%{user}} usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', - 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado en @i{%{date}} usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.', - 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', - 'Top' => 'Inicio', - 'Untitled Document' => 'Documento sintítulo', - 'about (help)' => 'Acerca de (ayuda)', - 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => 'Inicio del capítulo o capítulo anterior', - 'by @emph{%{user}}' => 'por @emph{%{user}}', - 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => 'por @emph{%{user}} el @emph{%{date}}', - 'cover (top) of document' => 'Cubierta (inicio) del documento', - 'current' => 'actual', - 'current section' => 'Sección actual', - 'first section in reading order' => 'Primera sección en orden de lectura', - 'following node' => 'Nodo siguiente', - 'index' => 'Índice', - 'last section in reading order' => 'Última sección en orden de lectura', - 'next chapter' => 'Capítulo siguiente', - 'next node' => 'Nodo siguiente', - 'next section in reading order' => 'Sección siguiente en order de lectura', - 'next section on same level' => 'Sección siguiente en el mismo nivel', - 'node following in node reading order' => 'siguiente nodo en orden de lectura', - 'node up' => 'nodo arriba', - 'on @emph{%{date}}' => 'el @emph{%{date}}', - 'previous node' => 'nodo anterior', - 'previous section in reading order' => 'Sección anterior en orden de lectura', - 'previous section on same level' => 'Sección anterior en el mismo nivel', - 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', - 'see %{node_file_href}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href}', - 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}', - 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href} sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', - 'see %{reference_name}' => 'Véase %{reference_name}', - 'see @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase @cite{%{book}}', - 'see section %{reference_name}' => 'véase sección %{reference_name}', - 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'véase sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', - 'short table of contents' => 'resumen del contenido', - 'table of contents' => 'Tabla de contenidos', - 'unknown' => 'desconocido', - 'up node' => 'nodo superior', - 'up section' => 'Sección superior' - }; - -$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'es'} = { - 'See' => 'Véase', - 'section' => 'sección', - 'see' => 'véase' - }; - -return 1; diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository-menu.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository-menu.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 0afc9ff..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository-menu.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -@menu -* Licenses:: -* Index:: -@end menu diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository-nodes.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository-nodes.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 9a25c5b..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository-nodes.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -@include Licenses/chapter.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository.conf b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository.conf deleted file mode 100755 index ce1599b..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -# Este fichero define la relación entre las plantillas de sección y -# los caminos del repositorio. Aquí usted puede personalizar la -# plantilla de sección utilizada en directorios específicos del -# repository. La primera coincidencia gana. -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Directories/section-functions.texinfo = "(trunk|branches|tags)/Scripts/Functions/[[:alnum:]]+\.texinfo$" -Directories/section.texinfo = "(trunk|branches|tags).*\.texinfo$" diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository.sed b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository.sed deleted file mode 100644 index a6e0240..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository.sed +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sed -# -# repository.sed -- This file provide Spanish transformations for -# texi2html outupt, based on The CentOS Project CSS definitions. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Alain Reguera Delgado -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 -# USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# Quotations. -s!

Nota!

Info

Nota

!g - -s!

Advertencia!

Advertencia

Advertencia

!g - -s!

Importante!

Importante

Importante

!g - -s!

Idea!

Idea

Idea

!g - -s!

Precaución!

Precaución

Precaución

!g - -s!

Convensión!

Convensión

Convensión

!g - -s!

Redirección!

Redirección

Redirección

!g diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index f2463c7..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/repository.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- -@c $Id$ -@c -- Header -------------------------------------------------- - -@setfilename repository.info -@settitle Repositorio Art@'istico de CentOS -@documentlanguage es -@documentencoding ISO-8859-1 -@afourpaper -@finalout - -@c -- Summary description and copyright ----------------------- - -@copying -Este manual documenta informaci@'on relevante al desempe@~no, organizaci@'on -y administraci@'on del repositorio art@'istico del proyecto CentOS. - -Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - -Se otorga permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento -bajo los t@'erminos de la Licencia de Documentaci@'on Libre de GNU, -Versi@'on 1.1 o cualquier otra versi@'on posterior publicada por la -Free Software Foundation; con las Secciones Invariantes siendo su -LISTE SUS T@'ITULOS, con Textos de Cubierta Delantera siendo LISTA, y -con los Textos de Cubierta Trasera siendo LISTA. Una copia de la -licencia est@'a incluida en la secci@'on titulada @ref{GNU Free -Documentation License}. -@end copying - -@c -- Titlepage, contents, copyright --------------------------- - -@titlepage -@title Repositorio Art@'istico de CentOS -@subtitle Manual -@author =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= -@page -@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -@insertcopying -@end titlepage -@contents - -@c -- `Top' node and master menu ------------------------------- - -@ifnottex -@node Top -@top Repositorio Art@'istico de CentOS -@insertcopying -@end ifnottex - -@include repository-menu.texinfo - -@c -- The body of the document -------------------------------- - -@include repository-nodes.texinfo - -@c -- The end of the document --------------------------------- - -@include repository-index.texinfo - -@bye diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbb3a56 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +@node =NODE= +@section The @file{=SECT=} directory +@cindex =CIND= +@include =INCL= + diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5756f94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/chapter.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +@node Directories +@chapter The repository directories +@cindex Directories +@include Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo +@include Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/section-functions.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/section-functions.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f726a19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/section-functions.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +@subheading Name + +The @file{=SECT=} directory organizes @dots{} + +@subheading Synopsis + +@dots{} + +@subheading Description + +@dots{} + +@subheading Examples + +@dots{} + +@subheading Author + +Written by @dots{} + +@subheading Reporting bugs + +Report bugs to @email{centos-artwork@@centos.org} mailing list. + +@subheading Copyright + +Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + +This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the +terms of the @ref{GNU General Public License}. There is NO WARRANTY, +to the extent permitted by law. + +@subheading See also + +=TEXINFO_SEEALSO= diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/section.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/section.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9094611 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Directories/section.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +@subheading Goals + +The @file{=SECT=} directory organizes @dots{} + +@subheading Description + +@itemize +@item ... +@end itemize + +@subheading Usage + +@itemize +@item ... +@end itemize + +@subheading See also + +=TEXINFO_SEEALSO= diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c40cf38 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,414 @@ +Version 1.2, November 2002 + +@verbatim +Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA +@end verbatim + +Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this +license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +@subheading Preamble + +The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other +functional and useful document ``free'' in the sense of freedom: to +assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, +with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. +Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way +to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible +for modifications made by others. + +This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative +works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It +complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft +license designed for free software. + +We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free +software, because free software needs free documentation: a free +program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the +software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; +it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or +whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License +principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. + +@subheading 1. Applicability and definitions + +This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that +contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be +distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a +world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that +work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below, +refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a +licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you +copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission +under copyright law. + +A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the +Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with +modifications and/or translated into another language. + +A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of +the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the +publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall +subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall +directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in +part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain +any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical +connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, +commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding +them. + +The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles +are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice +that says that the Document is released under this License. If a +section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not +allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero +Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant +Sections then there are none. + +The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed, +as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that +the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may +be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. + +A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, +represented in a format whose specification is available to the +general public, that is suitable for revising the document +straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of +pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available +drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or +for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input +to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file +format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart +or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. +An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount +of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''. + +Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain +ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML +or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple +HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of +transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats +include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by +proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or +processing tools are not generally available, and the +machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word +processors for output purposes only. + +The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself, +plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material +this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in +formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means +the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, +preceding the beginning of the body of the text. + +A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose +title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following +text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a +specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'', +``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the +Title'' of such a section when you modify the Document means that it +remains a section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition. + +The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which +states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty +Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this +License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other +implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has +no effect on the meaning of this License. + +@subheading 2. Verbatim copying + +You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either +commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the +copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies +to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no +other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use +technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further +copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept +compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough +number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section @emph{3. +Copying in quantity}. + +You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and +you may publicly display copies. + +@subheading 3. Copying in quantity + +If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have +printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the +Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the +copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover +Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on +the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify +you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present +the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and +visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. +Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve +the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated +as verbatim copying in other respects. + +If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit +legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit +reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent +pages. + +If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering +more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent +copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy +a computer-network location from which the general network-using +public has access to download using public-standard network protocols +a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. +If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, +when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure +that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated +location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an +Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that +edition to the public. + +It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the +Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to +give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the +Document. + +@subheading 4. Modifications + +You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under +the conditions of sections @emph{2. Verbatim copying} and @emph{3. +Copying in quantity} above, provided that you release the Modified +Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version +filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and +modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of +it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: + +A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct +from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which +should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the +Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the +original publisher of that version gives permission. + +B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities +responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified +Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the +Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), +unless they release you from this requirement. + +C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified +Version, as the publisher. + +D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. + +E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent +to the other copyright notices. + +F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice +giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the +terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. + +G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant +Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license +notice. + +H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. + +I. Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and +add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and +publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If +there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one +stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as +given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified +Version as stated in the previous sentence. + +J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for +public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the +network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was +based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section. You may +omit a network location for a work that was published at least four +years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the +version it refers to gives permission. + +K. For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', +Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the +substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or +dedications given therein. + +L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in +their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are +not considered part of the section titles. + +M. Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section may +not be included in the Modified Version. + +N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' +or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. + +O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. + +If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or +appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material +copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all +of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the +list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. +These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. + +You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains +nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various +parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has +been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a +standard. + +You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a +passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list +of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of +Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or +through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already +includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or +by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, +you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit +permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. + +The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License +give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or +imply endorsement of any Modified Version. + +@subheading 5. Combining documents + +You may combine the Document with other documents released under this +License, under the terms defined in section @emph{4. Modifications} +above for modified versions, provided that you include in the +combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original +documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your +combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their +Warranty Disclaimers. + +The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and +multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single +copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but +different contents, make the title of each such section unique by +adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original +author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. +Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of +Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. + +In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History'' +in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled +``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled +``Acknowledgements'', +and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections +Entitled ``Endorsements''. + +@subheading 6. Collections of documents + +You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other +documents released under this License, and replace the individual +copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy +that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules +of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all +other respects. + +You may extract a single document from such a collection, and +distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a +copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this +License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that +document. + +@subheading 7. Aggregation with independent works + +A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate +and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or +distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright +resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights +of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. +When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not +apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves +derivative works of the Document. + +If the Cover Text requirement of section @emph{3. Copying in quantity} +is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is +less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts +may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the +aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is +in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that +bracket the whole aggregate. + +@subheading 8. Translations + +Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may +distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section +@emph{4. Modifications}. Replacing Invariant Sections with +translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, +but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in +addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You +may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices +in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also +include the original English version of this License and the original +versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement +between the translation and the original version of this License or a +notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. + +If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', +``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section @emph{4. +Modifications}) to Preserve its Title (section @emph{1. Applicability +and definitions}) will typically require changing the actual title. + +@subheading 9. Termination + +You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document +except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other +attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + +@subheading Future Revisions of this License + +The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the +GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions +will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in +detail to address new problems or concerns. See +@url{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. + +Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. +If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this +License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of +following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or +of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the +Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version +number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not +as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. + +@subheading How to use this License for your documents + +To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of +the License in the document and put the following copyright and +license notices just after the title page: + +@verbatim + Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME. + + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this + document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, + Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software + Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, + and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in + the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. +@end verbatim + +If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover +Texts, replace the ``with...Texts''. line with this: + +@verbatim + with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the + Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts + being LIST. +@end verbatim + +If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other +combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the +situation. + +If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we +recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of +free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to +permit their use in free software. diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GPL.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GPL.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..3349125 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GPL.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ +Version 2, June 1991 + +@verbatim +Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA +@end verbatim + +Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this +license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +@subheading Preamble + +The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom +to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License +is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + +When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + +To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if +you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + +For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + +We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + +Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, +we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the +original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect +on the original authors' reputations. + +Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at +all. + +The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + +@subheading TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + +@subsubheading Section 0 + +This License applies to any program or other work which contains a +notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', +below, refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the +Program'' means either the Program or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without +limitation in the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed +as ``you''. + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + +@subsubheading Section 1 + +You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + +@subsubheading Section 2 + +You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + +a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices +stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + +b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in +whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part +thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties +under the terms of this License. + +c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when +run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use +in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement +including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is +no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that +users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling +the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the +Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an +announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print +an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + +@subsubheading Section 3 + +You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under +Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + +a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable +source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 +and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + +b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, +to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of +physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable +copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the +terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for +software interchange; or, + +c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to +distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed +only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the +program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in +accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + +@subsubheading Section 4 + +You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + +@subsubheading Section 5 + +You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + +@subsubheading Section 6 + +Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + +@subsubheading Section 7 + +If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + +@subsubheading Section 8 + +If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain +countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original +copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an +explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those +countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + +@subsubheading Section 9 + +The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions +will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in +detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any +later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + +@subsubheading Section 10 + +If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the +author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by +the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; +we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by +the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our +free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software +generally. + +@subsubheading NO WARRANTY + +BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT +WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER +PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + +@subsubheading Section 12 + +IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + +@strong{END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS} + +@subheading How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + +If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these +terms. + +To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is +found. + +@verbatim + + Copyright (C) 19yy + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +@end verbatim + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + +@verbatim + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. +@end verbatim + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + +@verbatim + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + , 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice +@end verbatim + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..b8240ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +@menu +* GNU General Public License:: +* GNU Free Documentation License:: +@end menu diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..2d3afa7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +@node GNU General Public License +@section GNU General Public License +@cindex GNU General Public License +@include trunk/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GPL.texinfo + +@node GNU Free Documentation License +@section GNU Free Documentation License +@cindex GNU Free Documentation License +@include trunk/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/en_US/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..27e70ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/Licenses/chapter.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +@node Licenses +@chapter Licenses +@cindex Licenses +@include Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo +@include Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository-index.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository-index.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..abe002c --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository-index.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +@node Index +@unnumbered Index +@printindex cp diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository-init.pl b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository-init.pl new file mode 100755 index 0000000..dc8c35f --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository-init.pl @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This file extends the `trunk/Manuals/Texinfo/repository-init.pl' +# initialization file to provide English specific initializations for +# the `texi2html-1.76-4.fc6' package. +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +return 1; diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository-menu.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository-menu.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0afc9ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository-menu.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +@menu +* Licenses:: +* Index:: +@end menu diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository-nodes.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository-nodes.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a25c5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository-nodes.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +@include Licenses/chapter.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository.conf b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository.conf new file mode 100755 index 0000000..6bafa8e --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository.conf @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# This file defines the relation between section templates and +# repository paths. Here you can customize the section template of +# specific directories inside the repository. The first match wins. +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Directories/section-functions.texinfo = "(trunk|branches|tags)/Scripts/Functions/[[:alnum:]]+\.texinfo$" +Directories/section.texinfo = "(trunk|branches|tags).*\.texinfo$" diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository.sed b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository.sed new file mode 100755 index 0000000..bc02b90 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository.sed @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#!/bin/sed +# +# repository.sed -- This file provide English transformations for +# texi2html outupt, based on The CentOS Project CSS definitions. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Alain Reguera Delgado +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 +# USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# Quotations. +s!

Note!

Info

Note

!g + +s!

Warning!

Warning

Warning

!g + +s!

Important!

Important

Important

!g + +s!

Tip!

Tip

Tip

!g + +s!

Caution!

Caution

Caution

!g + +s!

Convention!

Convention

Convention

!g + +s!

Redirection!

Redirection

Redirection

!g diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..10cd1cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/en_US/repository.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- +@c $Id$ +@c -- Header -------------------------------------------------- + +@setfilename repository.info +@settitle CentOS Artwork Repository +@documentlanguage =LOCALE_LL= +@afourpaper +@finalout + +@c -- Summary description and copyright ----------------------- + +@copying +=DESCRIPTION= + +Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or +any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no +Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A +copy of the license is included in the section entitled @ref{GNU Free +Documentation License}. +@end copying + +@c -- Titlepage, contents, copyright --------------------------- + +@titlepage +@title CentOS Artwork Repository +@subtitle Manual +@author =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +@insertcopying +@end titlepage +@contents + +@c -- `Top' node and master menu ------------------------------- + +@ifnottex +@node Top +@top CentOS Artwork Repository +@insertcopying +@end ifnottex +@include repository-menu.texinfo + +@c -- The body of the document -------------------------------- + +@include repository-nodes.texinfo + +@c -- The end of the document --------------------------------- + +@bye diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04e3e8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +@node =NODE= +@section El directorio @file{=SECT=} +@cindex =CIND= +@include =INCL= + diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbb2216 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/chapter.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +@node Directories +@chapter Los directorios del repositorio +@cindex Directorios +@include Directories/chapter-menu.texinfo +@include Directories/chapter-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/section-functions.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/section-functions.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1429cfb --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/section-functions.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +@subheading Nombre + +El directorio @file{=SECT=} organiza @dots{} + +@subheading Sinopsis + +@dots{} + +@subheading Descripci@'on + +@dots{} + +@subheading Ejemplos + +@dots{} + +@subheading Autor + +Escrito por @dots{} + +@subheading Reporte de errores + +Reporte los errores a la lista de correo @email{centos-artwork@@centos.org}. + +@subheading Derecho de copia + +Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + +Esto es software libre. Usted pude redistribuir copias de ello bajo +los t@'erminos de la Licencia P@'ublica General GNU (@pxref{GNU +General Public License}). Hasta donde la ley se extiende, NO HAY +GARANT@'IA. + +@subheading Vea adem@'as + +=TEXINFO_SEEALSO= diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/section.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/section.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..651e77a --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Directories/section.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +@subheading Objetivos + +El directorio @file{=SECT=} organiza @dots{} + +@subheading Descripci@'on + +@itemize +@item ... +@end itemize + +@subheading Uso + +@itemize +@item ... +@end itemize + +@subheading Vea adem@'as + +=TEXINFO_SEEALSO= diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..03d02fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,372 @@ +@subheading Pre@'ambulo + +El prop@'osito de esta Licencia es permitir que un manual, libro de +texto, u otro documento escrito sea «libre» en el sentido de libertad: +asegurar a todo el mundo la libertad efectiva de copiarlo y +redistribuirlo, con o sin modificaciones, de manera comercial o no. En +segundo t@'ermino, esta Licencia proporciona al autor y al editor una +manera de obtener reconocimiento por su trabajo, sin que se le +considere responsable de las modificaciones realizadas por otros. + +Esta Licencia es de tipo «copyleft», lo que significa que los trabajos +derivados del documento deben a su vez ser libres en el mismo sentido. +Complementa la Licencia P@'ublica General de GNU, que es una licencia +tipo copyleft dise@~nada para el software libre. + +Hemos dise@~nado esta Licencia para usarla en manuales de software +libre, ya que el software libre necesita documentaci@'on libre: Un +programa libre debe venir con los manuales que ofrezcan la mismas +libertades que da el software. Pero esta licencia no se limita a +manuales de software; puede ser usada para cualquier trabajo textual, +sin tener en cuenta su tem@'atica o si se publica como libro impreso. +Recomendamos esta licencia principalmente para trabajos cuyo fin sea +instructivo o de referencia. + +@subheading 1. Aplicaci@'on y definiciones + +Esta Licencia se aplica a cualquier manual u otro trabajo que contenga +un aviso colocado por el poseedor del copyright diciendo que puede +distribuirse bajo los t@'erminos de esta Licencia. El «Documento», +abajo, se refiere a cualquier manual o trabajo. Cualquier miembro del +p@'ublico es un licenciatario,y ser@'a referido como «Usted». + +Una «Versi@'on Modificada» del Documento significa cualquier trabajo que +contenga el Documento o una porci@'on del mismo, ya sea una copia +literal o con modificaciones y/o traducciones a otro idioma. + +Una «Secci@'on Secundaria» es un ap@'endice con t@'itulo o una secci@'on +preliminar del Documento que trata exclusivamente de la relaci@'on entre +los autores o editores y el tema general delDocumento que trata +exclusivamente con la relaci@'on entre los editores o autores del +Documento con el asunto general del Documento (o asuntos relacionados) +y no contiene nada que pueda considerarse dentro del tema principal. +(Por ejemplo, si el Documento es en parte un libro de texto de +matem@'aticas, una Secci@'on Secundaria no explicar@'a nada de matem@'aticas.) +La relaci@'on puede ser una conexi@'on hist@'orica con el asunto o temas +relacionados, o una opini@'on legal, comercial, filos@'ofica, @'etica o +pol@'itica acerca de ellos. + +Las «Secciones Invariantes» son ciertas Secciones Secundarias cuyos +t@'itulos son designados como Secciones Invariantes en la nota que +indica que el Documento se publica bajo esta Licencia. + +Los «Textos de Cubierta» son ciertos pasajes cortos de texto que se +listan como Textos de Cubierta Delantera o Textos de Cubierta Trasera +en la nota que indica que el Documento se publica bajo esta Licencia. + +Una copia «Transparente» del Documento, significa una copia para +lectura en m@'aquina, representada en un formato cuya especificaci@'on +est@'a disponible al p@'ublico en general, cuyo contenido puede ser visto +y editados directamente con editores de texto gen@'ericos o (para +im@'agenes compuestas por p@'ixeles) con programas gen@'ericos de +manipulaci@'on de im@'agenes o (para dibujos) con alg@'un editor de dibujos +ampliamente disponible, y que sea adecuado como entrada para +formateadores de texto o para su traducci@'on autom@'atica a formatos +adecuados para formateadores de texto. Una copia hecha en un formato +definido como Transparente, pero cuyo marcaje o ausencia de @'el haya +sido dise@~nado para impedir o dificultar modificaciones posteriores por +parte de los lectores no es Transparente. Una copia que no es +«Transparente» se denomina «Opaca». + +Como ejemplos de formatos adecuados para copias Transparentes est@'an +ASCII puro sin marcaje, formato de entrada de Texinfo, formato de +entrada de LaTeX, SGML o XML usando una DTD disponible p@'ublicamente, y +HTML, PostScript o PDF simples, que sigan los est@'andares y dise@~nos +para que los modifiquen personas.Los formatos Opacos incluyen formatos +propietarios que pueden ser le@'idos y editados @'unicamente en +procesadores de textos propietarios, SGML o XML para los cu@'ales las +DTD y/o herramientas de procesamiento no est@'en ampliamente +disponibles, y HTML, PostScript o PDF generados por algunos +procesadores de textos s@'olo como salida. + +La «Portada» significa, en un libro impreso, la p@'agina de t@'itulo, m@'as +las p@'aginas siguientes que sean necesarias para mantener legiblemente +el material que esta Licencia requiere en la portada. Para trabajos en +formatos que no tienen p@'agina de portada como tal, «Portada»significa +el texto cercano a la aparici@'on m@'as prominente del t@'itulo del +trabajo,precediendo el comienzo del cuerpo del texto. + +@subheading 2. Copia literal + +Usted puede copiar y distribuir el Documento en cualquier medio, sea +en forma comercial o no, siempre y cuando proporcione esta Licencia, +las notas de copyright y la nota que indica que esta Licencia se +aplica al Documento reproduci@'endola en todas las copias y que usted no +a@~nada ninguna otra condici@'on a las expuestas en esta Licencia. Usted +no puede usar medidas t@'ecnicas para obstruir o controlar la lectura o +copia posterior de las copias que usted haga o distribuya. Sin +embargo, usted puede aceptar compensaci@'on a cambio de las copias. Si +distribuye un n@'umero suficientemente grande de copias tambi@'en deber@'a +seguir las condiciones de la secci@'on 3. + +Usted tambi@'en puede prestar copias, bajo las mismas condiciones +establecidas anteriormente, y puede exhibir copias p@'ublicamente. + +@subheading 3. Copiando en cantidad + +Si publica copias impresas del Documento que sobrepasen las 100, y la +nota de licencia del Documento exige Textos de Cubierta, debe +incluirlas copias con cubiertas que lleven en forma clara y legible +todos esos Textos de Cubierta: Textos de Cubierta Delantera en la +cubierta delantera y Textos de Cubierta Trasera en la cubierta +trasera. Ambas cubiertas deben identificarlo a Usted clara y +legiblemente como editor de tales copias. La cubierta debe mostrar el +t@'itulo completo con todas las palabras igualmente prominentes y +visibles. Adem@'as puede a@~nadir otro material en las cubiertas. Las +copias con cambios limitados a las cubiertas, siempre que conserven el +t@'itulo del Documento y satisfagan estas condiciones, pueden +considerarse como copias literales en todos los aspectos. + +Si los textos requeridos para la cubierta son muy voluminosos para que +ajusten legiblemente, debe colocar los primeros (tantos como sea +razonable colocar) en la verdadera cubierta y situar el resto en +p@'aginas adyacentes. + +Si Usted publica o distribuye copias Opacas del Documento cuya +cantidad exceda las 100, debe incluir una copia Transparente, que +pueda ser le@'ida por una m@'aquina, con cada copia Opaca, o bien mostrar, +en cada copia Opaca, una direcci@'on de red donde cualquier usuario de +la misma tenga acceso por medio de protocolos p@'ublicos y +estandarizados a una copia Transparente del Documento completa, sin +material adicional. Si usted hace uso de la @'ultima opci@'on, deber@'a +tomar las medidas necesarias, cuando comience la distribuci@'on de las +copias Opacas en cantidad, para asegurar que esta copia Transparente +permanecer@'a accesible en el sitio establecido por lo menos un a@~no +despu@'es de la @'ultima vez que distribuya una copia Opaca de esa edici@'on +al p@'ublico (directamente o a trav@'es de sus agentes o distribuidores). + +Se solicita, aunque no es requisito, que se ponga en contacto con los +autores del Documento antes de redistribuir gran n@'umero de copias, +para darles la oportunidad de que le proporcionen una versi@'on +actualizada del Documento. + +@subheading 4. Modificaciones + +Puede copiar y distribuir una Versi@'on Modificada del Documento bajo +las condiciones de las secciones 2 y 3 anteriores, siempre que Usted +libere la Versi@'on Modificada bajo esta misma Licencia, con la Versi@'on +Modificada haciendo el rol del Documento, por lo tanto dando Licencia +de distribuci@'on y modificaci@'on de la Versi@'on Modificada a quienquiera +posea una copia de la misma. Adem@'as, debe hacer lo siguiente en la +Versi@'on Modificada: + +A. Usar en la Portada (y en las cubiertas, si hay alguna) un t@'itulo +distinto al del Documento y de sus versiones anteriores (que deber@'ian, +si hay alguna, estar listadas en la secci@'on de Historia del +Documento). Puede usar el mismo t@'itulo de versiones anteriores al +original siempre y cuando quien las public@'o originalmente otorgue +permiso. + +B. Listar en la Portada, como autores, una o m@'as personas o entidades +responsables de la autor@'ia de las modificaciones de la Versi@'on +Modificada, junto con por lo menos cinco de los autores principales +del Documento (todos sus autores principales, si hay menos de cinco), +a menos que le eximan de tal requisito. + +C. Mostrar en la Portada como editor el nombre del editor de la +Versi@'on Modificada + +D. Conservar todas las notas de copyright del Documento. + +E. A@~nadir una nota de copyright apropiada a sus modificaciones, +adyacente a las otras notas de copyright. + +F. Incluir, inmediatamente despu@'es de los avisos de copyright, una +nota de licencia dando el permiso p@'ublico para usar la Versi@'on +Modificada bajo los t@'erminos de esta Licencia, de la forma mostrada en +el Adenda de m@'as abajo. + +G. Incluir, inmediatamente despu@'es de ese aviso de licencia, la lista +completa de Secciones invariantes y de los Textos de Cubierta que sean +requeridos en el aviso de Licencia del Documento original. + +H. Incluir una copia sin modificaci@'on de esta Licencia. + +I. Conservar la secci@'on titulada «Historia», conservar su T@'itulo y +a@~nadirle un elemento que declare al menos el t@'itulo, el a@~no, los +nuevos autores y el editor de la Versi@'on Modificada, tal como figuran +en la Portada. Si no hay una secci@'on titulada «Historia» en el +Documento, crear una estableciendo el t@'itulo, el a@~no, los autores y el +editor del Documento, tal como figuran en su Portada, a@~nadiendo adem@'as +un elemento describiendo la Versi@'on Modificada, como se estableci@'o en +la sentencia anterior. + +J. Conservar la direcci@'on en red, si la hay, dada en el Documento para +el acceso p@'ublico a una copia Transparente del mismo, as@'i como las +otras direcciones de red dadas en el Documento para versiones +anteriores en las que estuviese basado. Pueden ubicarse en la secci@'on +«Historia». Se puede omitir la ubicaci@'on en red de un trabajo que haya +sido publicado por lo menos cuatro a@~nos antes que el Documento mismo, +o si el editor original de dicha versi@'on da permiso. + +K. En cualquier secci@'on titulada «Agradecimientos» o «Dedicatorias», +conservar el t@'itulo de la secci@'on y conservar en ella toda la +sustancia y el tono de los agradecimientos y/o dedicatorias incluidas +por cada contribuyente. + +L. Conservar todas las Secciones Invariantes del Documento, sin +alterar su texto ni sus t@'itulos. Los n@'umeros de secci@'on o equivalentes +no se consideran parte de los t@'itulos de la secci@'on. + +M. Borrar cualquier secci@'on titulada «Aprobaciones». Tales secciones +no pueden estar incluidas en las Versiones Modificadas. + +N. No cambiar el t@'itulo de ninguna secci@'on existente a «Aprobaciones» +ni a uno que entre en conflicto con el de alguna Secci@'on Invariante. + +Si la Versi@'on Modificada incluye secciones o ap@'endices nuevos que +cualifiquen como Secciones Secundarias y no contienen ning@'un material +copiado del Documento, puede opcionalmente designar algunas o todas +esas secciones como invariantes. Para hacerlo, a@~nada sus t@'itulos a la +lista de Secciones Invariantes en el aviso de licencia de la Versi@'on +Modificada. Tales t@'itulos deben ser distintos de cualquier otro t@'itulo +de secci@'on. + +Puede a@~nadir una secci@'on titulada «Aprobaciones», siempre que contenga +@'unicamente aprobaciones de su Versi@'on Modificada por otras fuentes +--por ejemplo, observaciones de compa@~neros o que el texto ha sido +aprobado por una organizaci@'on como definici@'on oficial de un est@'andar. + +Puede a@~nadir un pasaje de hasta cinco palabras como Texto de Cubierta +Delantera y un pasaje de hasta 25 palabras como Texto de Cubierta +Trasera al final de la lista de Texto de Cubierta en la Versi@'on +Modificada. Una entidad s@'olo puede a@~nadir (o hacer que se a@~nada) un +pasaje al Texto de Cubierta Delantera y uno al de Cubierta Trasera. Si +el Documento ya incluye un textos de cubiertas a@~nadidos previamente +por usted o por acuerdo previo con la entidad que usted representa, +usted no puede a@~nadir otro; pero puede reemplazar el anterior, con +permiso expl@'icito del editor anterior que agreg@'o el texto anterior. + +Con esta Licencia ni los autores ni los editores del Documento dan +permiso para usar sus nombres para publicidad ni para asegurar o +implicar aprobaci@'on de cualquier Versi@'on Modificada. + +@subheading 5. Combinaci@'on de documentos + +Usted puede combinar el Documento con otros documentos liberados bajo +esta Licencia, bajo los t@'erminos definidos en la secci@'on section 4 m@'as +arriba para versiones modificadas, siempre que incluya en la +combinaci@'on todas las Secciones Invariantes de todos los documentos +originales, sin modificaciones, y las liste todas como Secciones +Invariantes de su trabajo combinado en su aviso de licencia. + +El trabajo combinado necesita contener solamente una copia de esta +Licencia, y m@'ultiples Secciones Invariantes id@'enticas pueden +reemplazarse por una sola copia. Si hay m@'ultiples Secciones +Invariantes con el mismo nombre pero con contenidos diferentes, haga +el t@'itulo de cada una de estas secciones @'unico a@~nadi@'endolo al final de +este, entre par@'entesis, el nombre del autor o de quien edit@'o +originalmente esa secci@'on, si es conocido, o si no, un n@'umero @'unico. +Haga el mismo ajuste a los t@'itulos de secci@'on en la lista de Secciones +Invariantes en la nota de licencia del trabajo combinado. + +En la combinaci@'on, debe combinar cualquier secci@'on titulada «Historia» +de los distintos documentos originales, formando una secci@'on titulada +«Historia»; de la misma forma, combine cualquier secci@'on titulada +«Reconocimientos» y cualquier secci@'on titulada «Dedicatorias». Debe +borrar todas las secciones tituladas «Aprobaciones». + +@subheading 6. Colecciones de documentos + +Puede hacer una colecci@'on que conste del Documento y de otros +documentos publicados bajo esta Licencia, y reemplazar las copias +individuales de esta Licencia en todos los documentos por una sola +copia que est@'e incluida en la colecci@'on, siempre que siga las reglas +de esta Licencia para cada copia literal de cada uno de los documentos +en cualquiera de los dem@'as aspectos. + +Puede extraer un solo documento de una de tales colecciones y +distribuirlo individualmente bajo esta Licencia, siempre que inserte +una copia de esta Licencia en el documento extra@'ido, y siga esta +Licencia en todos los dem@'as aspectos relativos a la copia literal de +dicho documento. + +@subheading 7. Agregaci@'on con trabajos independientes + +Una recopilaci@'on que conste del Documento o sus derivados y de otros +documentos o trabajos separados e independientes, en cualquier soporte +de almacenamiento o distribuci@'on, no cuenta como un todo como una +Versi@'on Modificada del Documento, siempre que no se reclame ning@'un +derecho de copyright por la compilaci@'on. Dicha compilaci@'on se denomina +un «agregado», y esta Licencia no se aplica a otros trabajos +autocontenidos incluidos con el Documento. teniendo en cuenta que son +compilados, si no son los mismos trabajos derivados del Documento. Si +el requisito de Texto de Cubierta de la secci@'on 3 es aplicable a estas +copias del Documento, entonces si el Documento es menor que un cuarto +del agregado completo, los Textos de Cubierta del Documento pueden +colocarse en cubiertas que enmarquen solamente el Documento dentro del +agregado. En caso contrario deben aparecer en cubiertas impresas +enmarcando todo el agregado. + +@subheading 8. Traducci@'on + +La Traducci@'on se considera como un tipo de modificaci@'on, por lo que +usted puede distribuir traducciones del Documento bajo los t@'erminos de +la secci@'on 4. El reemplazo las Secciones Invariantes por traducciones +requiere permiso especial de los poseedores del copyright, pero usted +puede incluir traducciones de algunas o todas las Secciones +Invariantes junto con las versiones originales de las mismas. Puede +incluir una traducci@'on de esta Licencia, siempre que incluya tambi@'en +la versi@'on original en ingl@'es de esta Licencia. En caso de desacuerdo +entre la traducci@'on y la versi@'on original en ingl@'es de esta Licencia, +la versi@'on original en Ingl@'es prevalecer@'a. + +@subheading 9. Terminaci@'on + +Usted no puede copiar, modificar, sublicenciar o distribuir el +Documento salvo por lo permitido expresamente por esta Licencia. +Cualquier otro intento de copia, modificaci@'on, sublicenciamiento o +distribuci@'on del Documento es nulo, y dar@'a por terminados +autom@'aticamente sus derechos bajo esa Licencia. Sin embargo, los +terceros que hayan recibido copias, o derechos, de usted bajo esta +Licencia no ver@'an terminadas sus licencias, siempre que permanezcan en +total conformidad con ella. + +@subheading Revisiones futuras de esta licencia + +La Free Software Foundation puede publicar versiones nuevas y +revisadas de la Licencia de Documentaci@'on Libre GNU de vez en cuando. +Dichas versiones nuevas ser@'an similares en esp@'iritu a la presente +versi@'on, pero pueden diferir en detalles para solucionar nuevos +problemas o preocupaciones. Vea @url{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. + +Cada versi@'on de la Licencia tiene un n@'umero de versi@'on que la +distingue. Si el Documento especifica que se aplica una versi@'on +numerada en particular de esta licencia o «cualquier versi@'on +posterior», usted tiene la opci@'on de seguir los t@'erminos y condiciones +de la versi@'on especificada o cualquiera posterior que haya sido +publicada (no como borrador) por la Free Software Foundation. Si el +Documento no especifica un n@'umero de versi@'on de esta Licencia, puede +escoger cualquier versi@'on que haya sido publicada (no como borrador) +por la Free Software Foundation. + +@subheading Adenda + +Para usar esta licencia en un documento que usted haya escrito, +incluya una copia de la Licencia en el documento y ponga el siguiente +copyright y notificaci@'on de licencia justo despu@'es de la p@'agina de +t@'itulo: + +@example +Copyright © A@~NO SU NOMBRE. + +Se otorga permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento +bajo los t@'erminos de la Licencia de Documentaci@'on Libre de GNU, +Versi@'on 1.1 o cualquier otra versi@'on posterior publicada por la +Free Software Foundation; con las Secciones Invariantes siendo su +LISTE SUS T@'ITULOS, con Textos de Cubierta Delantera siendo LISTA, y +con los Textos de Cubierta Trasera siendo LISTA. Una copia de la +licencia est@'a incluida en la sección titulada «GNU Free +Documentation License». +@end example + +Si no tiene Secciones Invariantes, escriba «sin Secciones Invariantes» +en vez de decir cu@'ales son invariantes. Si no tiene Textos de Cubierta +Frontal, escriba «sin Textos de Cubierta Frontal»; de la misma manera +para Textos de Cubierta Trasera. + +Si su documento contiene ejemplos de c@'odigo de programa no triviales, +recomendamos liberar estos ejemplos en paralelo bajo la licencia de +software libre que usted elija, como la Licencia P@'ublica General de +GNU (@pxref{GNU General Public License}), para permitir su uso en +software libre. diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GPL.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GPL.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..a567b6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GPL.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,329 @@ +@subheading Pre@'ambulo + +Las licencias que cubren la mayor parte del software est@'an dise@~nadas +para quitarle a usted la libertad de compartirlo y modificarlo. Por el +contrario, la Licencia P@'ublica General de GNU pretende garantizarle la +libertad de compartir y modificar software libre, para asegurar que el +software es libre para todos sus usuarios. Esta Licencia P@'ublica +General se aplica a la mayor parte del software del la Free Software +Foundation y a cualquier otro programa si sus autores se comprometen a +utilizarla. (Existe otro software de la Free Software Foundation que +est@'a cubierto por la Licencia P@'ublica General de GNU para +Bibliotecas). Si quiere, tambi@'en puede aplicarla a sus propios +programas. + +Cuando hablamos de software libre, estamos refiri@'endonos a libertad, +no a precio. Nuestras Licencias P@'ublicas Generales est@'an dise@~nadas +para asegurarnos de que tenga la libertad de distribuir copias de +software libre (y cobrar por ese servicio si quiere), de que reciba el +c@'odigo fuente o que pueda conseguirlo si lo quiere, de que pueda +modificar el software o usar fragmentos de @'el en programas nuevos +libres, y de que sepa que puede hacer todas estas cosas. + +Para proteger sus derechos necesitamos algunas restricciones que +proh@'iban a cualquiera negarle a usted estos derechos o pedirle que +renuncie a ellos. Estas restricciones se traducen en ciertas +obligaciones que le afectan si distribuye copias del software, o si lo +modifica. + +Por ejemplo, si distribuye copias de uno de estos programas, sea +gratuitamente, o a cambio de una contraprestaci@'on, debe dar a los +receptores todos los derechos que tiene. Debe asegurarse de que ellos +tambi@'en reciben, o pueden conseguir, el c@'odigo fuente. Y debe +mostrarles estas condiciones de forma que conozcan sus derechos. + +Protegemos sus derechos con la combinaci@'on de dos medidas: + +@itemize +@item Derechos de copia del software (copyright), y +@item Le ofrecemos esta licencia, que le da permiso legal para copiar, +distribuir y/o modificar el software. +@end itemize + +Tambi@'en, para la protecci@'on de cada autor y la nuestra propia, +queremos asegurarnos de que todo el mundo comprende que no se +proporciona ninguna garant@'ia para este software libre. Si el software +se modifica por cualquiera y @'este a su vez lo distribuye, queremos que +sus receptores sepan que lo que tienen no es el original, de forma que +cualquier problema introducido por otros no afecte a la reputaci@'on de +los autores originales. + +Finalmente, cualquier programa libre est@'a constantemente amenazado por +patentes sobre el software. Queremos evitar el peligro de que los +redistribuidores de un programa libre obtengan patentes por su cuenta, +convirtiendo de facto el programa en propietario. Para evitar esto, +hemos dejado claro que cualquier patente debe ser pedida para el uso +libre de cualquiera, o no ser pedida. + +Los t@'erminos precisos y las condiciones para la copia, distribuci@'on y +modificaci@'on se exponen a continuaci@'on. + +@subheading T@'ERMINOS Y CONDICIONES PARA LA COPIA, DISTRIBUCI@'ON Y MODIFICACI@'ON + +@subsubheading Secci@'on 0 + +Esta Licencia se aplica a cualquier programa u otro tipo de obra que +contenga una notificaci@'on colocada por el propietario del copyright +diciendo que puede distribuirse bajo los t@'erminos de esta Licencia +P@'ublica General. El «Programa», en adelante, se referir@'a a cualquier +programa u obra, y «obra basada en el Programa» se referir@'a bien al +Programa o a cualquier trabajo derivado de @'el seg@'un la ley de derechos +de autor (copyright): Esto es, una obra o trabajo que contenga el +programa o una porci@'on de @'el, bien en forma literal o con +modificaciones y/o traducido en otro lenguaje. Aqu@'i y despu@'es, la +traducci@'on est@'a incluida sin limitaci@'on en el t@'ermino «modificaci@'on». +Cada concesionario (licenciatario) ser@'a denominado «usted». + +Cualquier otra actividad que no sea la copia, distribuci@'on o +modificaci@'on no est@'a cubierta por esta Licencia, est@'a fuera de su +@'ambito. El acto de ejecutar el Programa no est@'a restringido, y los +resultados del Programa est@'an cubiertos @'unicamente si sus contenidos +constituyen un trabajo basado en el Programa, independientemente de +haberlo producido mediante la ejecuci@'on del programa. El que esto se +cumpla, depende de lo que haga el programa. + +@subsubheading Secci@'on 1 + +Usted puede copiar y distribuir copias literales del c@'odigo fuente del +Programa, seg@'un lo has recibido, en cualquier medio, supuesto que de +forma adecuada y bien visible publique en cada copia un anuncio de +copyright adecuado y un repudio de garant@'ia, mantenga intactos todos +los anuncios que se refieran a esta Licencia y a la ausencia de +garant@'ia, y proporcione a cualquier otro receptor del programa una +copia de esta Licencia junto con el Programa. + +Puede cobrar un precio por el acto f@'isico de transferir una copia, y +puede, seg@'un su libre albedr@'io, ofrecer garant@'ia a cambio de unos +honorarios. + +@subsubheading Secci@'on 2 + +Puede modificar su copia o copias del Programa o de cualquier porci@'on +de @'el, formando de esta manera un trabajo basado en el Programa, y +copiar y distribuir esa modificaci@'on o trabajo bajo los t@'erminos de la +Secci@'on 1 anterior, probado que adem@'as usted cumpla con todas las +siguientes condiciones: + +@enumerate +@item Debe hacer que los ficheros modificados lleven anuncios +prominentes indicando que los ha cambiado y la fecha de cualquier +cambio. + +@item Debe hacer que cualquier trabajo que distribuya o publique y que +en todo o en parte contenga o sea derivado del Programa o de cualquier +parte de @'el sea licenciada como un todo, sin carga alguna, a todas las +terceras partes y bajo los t@'erminos de esta Licencia. + +@item If the modified program normally reads commands interactively +when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive +use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement +including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is +no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that +users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling +the user how to view a copy of this License. + +Excepci@'on: Si el propio Programa es interactivo pero normalmente no +muestra ese anuncio, no se requiere que su trabajo basado en el +Programa muestre ning@'un anuncio. + +@end enumerate + +Estos requisitos se aplican al trabajo modificado como un todo. Si +partes identificables de ese trabajo no son derivadas del Programa, y +pueden, razonablemente, ser consideradas trabajos independientes y +separados por ellos mismos, entonces esta Licencia y sus t@'erminos no +se aplican a esas partes cuando sean distribuidas como trabajos +separados. Pero cuando distribuya esas mismas secciones como partes de +un todo que es un trabajo basado en el Programa, la distribuci@'on del +todo debe ser seg@'un los t@'erminos de esta licencia, cuyos permisos para +otros licenciatarios se extienden al todo completo, y por lo tanto a +todas y cada una de sus partes, con independencia de qui@'en la +escribi@'o. + +Por lo tanto, no es la intenci@'on de este apartado reclamar derechos o +desafiar sus derechos sobre trabajos escritos totalmente por usted +mismo. El intento es ejercer el derecho a controlar la distribuci@'on de +trabajos derivados o colectivos basados en el Programa. + +Adem@'as, el simple hecho de reunir un trabajo no basado en el Programa +con el Programa (o con un trabajo basado en el Programa) en un volumen +de almacenamiento o en un medio de distribuci@'on no hace que dicho +trabajo entre dentro del @'ambito cubierto por esta Licencia. + +@subsubheading Secci@'on 3 + +Puede copiar y distribuir el Programa (o un trabajo basado en @'el, +seg@'un se especifica en la Secci@'on 2, como c@'odigo objeto o en formato +ejecutable seg@'un los t@'erminos de las Secciones 1 y 2 anteriores, +supuesto que adem@'as cumpla una de las siguientes condiciones: + +@enumerate + +@item Acompa@~narlo con el c@'odigo fuente le@'ible completo +correspondiente, le@'ible por m@'aquinas, que debe ser distribuido seg@'un +los t@'erminos las Secciones 1 y 2 mencionadas antes en un medio +habitualmente utilizado para el intercambio de software, o, + +@item Acompa@~narlo con una oferta por escrito, v@'alida durante al menos +tres a@~nos, de proporcionar a cualquier tercera parte una copia +completa en formato electr@'onico del c@'odigo fuente correspondiente, a +un coste no mayor que el de realizar f@'isicamente la distribuci@'on del +fuente, que ser@'a distribuido bajo las condiciones descritas en los +apartados 1 y 2 anteriores, en un medio habitualmente utilizado para +el intercambio de programas, o + +@item Acompa@~narlo con la informaci@'on que recibiste ofreciendo +distribuir el c@'odigo fuente correspondiente. (Esta opci@'on se permite +s@'olo para distribuci@'on no comercial y s@'olo si usted recibi@'o el +programa como c@'odigo objeto o en formato ejecutable con tal oferta, de +acuerdo con la Subsecci@'on b anterior). +@end enumerate + +Por c@'odigo fuente de un trabajo se entiende la forma preferida del +trabajo cuando se le hacen modificaciones. Para un trabajo ejecutable, +se entiende por c@'odigo fuente completo todo el c@'odigo fuente para +todos los m@'odulos que contiene, m@'as cualquier fichero asociado de +definici@'on de interfaces, m@'as los guiones utilizados para controlar la +compilaci@'on e instalaci@'on del ejecutable. Como excepci@'on especial el +c@'odigo fuente distribuido no necesita incluir nada que sea distribuido +normalmente (bien como fuente, bien en forma binaria) con los +componentes principales (compilador, n@'ucleo y similares) del sistema +operativo en el cual funciona el ejecutable, a no ser que el propio +componente acompa@~ne al ejecutable. + +Si la distribuci@'on del ejecutable o del c@'odigo objeto se hace mediante +la oferta acceso para copiarlo de un cierto lugar, entonces se +considera la oferta de acceso para copiar el c@'odigo fuente del mismo +lugar como distribuci@'on del c@'odigo fuente, incluso aunque terceras +partes no est@'en forzadas a copiar el fuente junto con el c@'odigo +objeto. + +@subsubheading Secci@'on 4 + +No puede copiar, modificar, sublicenciar o distribuir el Programa +excepto como prev@'e expresamente esta Licencia. Cualquier intento de +copiar, modificar sublicenciar o distribuir el Programa de otra forma +es inv@'alida, y har@'a que cesen autom@'aticamente los derechos que te +proporciona esta Licencia. En cualquier caso, las partes que hayan +recibido copias o derechos de usted bajo esta Licencia no cesar@'an en +sus derechos mientras esas partes contin@'uen cumpli@'endola. 5Secci@'on 5 + +No est@'a obligado a aceptar esta licencia, ya que no la ha firmado. Sin +embargo, no hay hada m@'as que le proporcione permiso para modificar o +distribuir el Programa o sus trabajos derivados. Estas acciones est@'an +prohibidas por la ley si no acepta esta Licencia. Por lo tanto, si +modifica o distribuye el Programa (o cualquier trabajo basado en el +Programa), est@'a indicando que acepta esta Licencia para poder hacerlo, +y todos sus t@'erminos y condiciones para copiar, distribuir o modificar +el Programa o trabajos basados en @'el. 6Secci@'on 6 + +Cada vez que redistribuya el Programa (o cualquier trabajo basado en +el Programa), el receptor recibe autom@'aticamente una licencia del +licenciatario original para copiar, distribuir o modificar el +Programa, de forma sujeta a estos t@'erminos y condiciones. No puede +imponer al receptor ninguna restricci@'on m@'as sobre el ejercicio de los +derechos aqu@'i garantizados. No es usted responsable de hacer cumplir +esta licencia por terceras partes. 7Secci@'on 7 + +Si como consecuencia de una resoluci@'on judicial o de una alegaci@'on de +infracci@'on de patente o por cualquier otra raz@'on (no limitada a +asuntos relacionados con patentes) se le imponen condiciones (ya sea +por mandato judicial, por acuerdo o por cualquier otra causa) que +contradigan las condiciones de esta Licencia, ello no le exime de +cumplir las condiciones de esta Licencia. Si no puede realizar +distribuciones de forma que se satisfagan simult@'aneamente sus +obligaciones bajo esta licencia y cualquier otra obligaci@'on pertinente +entonces, como consecuencia, no puede distribuir el Programa de +ninguna forma. Por ejemplo, si una patente no permite la +redistribuci@'on libre de derechos de autor del Programa por parte de +todos aquellos que reciban copias directa o indirectamente a trav@'es de +usted, entonces la @'unica forma en que podr@'ia satisfacer tanto esa +condici@'on como esta Licencia ser@'ia evitar completamente la +distribuci@'on del Programa. + +Si cualquier porci@'on de este apartado se considera inv@'alida o +imposible de cumplir bajo cualquier circunstancia particular ha de +cumplirse el resto y la secci@'on por entero ha de cumplirse en +cualquier otra circunstancia. + +No es el prop@'osito de este apartado inducirle a infringir ninguna +reivindicaci@'on de patente ni de ning@'un otro derecho de propiedad o +impugnar la validez de ninguna de dichas reivindicaciones. Este +apartado tiene el @'unico prop@'osito de proteger la integridad del +sistema de distribuci@'on de software libre, que se realiza mediante +pr@'acticas de licencia p@'ublica. Mucha gente ha hecho contribuciones +generosas a la gran variedad de software distribuido mediante ese +sistema con la confianza de que el sistema se aplicar@'a +consistentemente. Ser@'a el autor/donante quien decida si quiere +distribuir software mediante cualquier otro sistema y una licencia no +puede imponer esa elecci@'on. + +Este apartado pretende dejar completamente claro lo que se cree que es +una consecuencia del resto de esta Licencia. + +@subsubheading Secci@'on 8 + +Si la distribuci@'on y/o uso de el Programa est@'a restringida en ciertos +pa@'ises, bien por patentes o por interfaces bajo copyright, el tenedor +del copyright que coloca este Programa bajo esta Licencia puede a@~nadir +una limitaci@'on expl@'icita de distribuci@'on geogr@'afica excluyendo esos +pa@'ises, de forma que la distribuci@'on se permita s@'olo en o entre los +pa@'ises no excluidos de esta manera. En ese caso, esta Licencia +incorporar@'a la limitaci@'on como si estuviese escrita en el cuerpo de +esta Licencia. 9Secci@'on 9 + +La Free Software Foundation puede publicar versiones revisadas y/o +nuevas de la Licencia P@'ublica General de tiempo en tiempo. Dichas +nuevas versiones ser@'an similares en esp@'iritu a la presente versi@'on, +pero pueden ser diferentes en detalles para considerar nuevos +problemas o situaciones. + +Cada versi@'on recibe un n@'umero de versi@'on que la distingue de otras. Si +el Programa especifica un n@'umero de versi@'on de esta Licencia que se +aplica aplica a @'este y a «cualquier versi@'on posterior», usted tiene la +opci@'on de seguir los t@'erminos y condiciones, bien de esa versi@'on, bien +de cualquier versi@'on posterior publicada por la Free Software +Foundation. Si el Programa no especifica un n@'umero de versi@'on de esta +Licencia, usted puede escoger cualquier versi@'on publicada por la Free +Software Foundation. + +@subsubheading Secci@'on 10 + +Si quiere incorporar partes del Programa en otros programas libres +cuyas condiciones de distribuci@'on son diferentes, escribe al autor +para pedirle permiso. Si el software tiene copyright de la Free +Software Foundation, escribe a la Free Software Foundation: algunas +veces hacemos excepciones en estos casos. Nuestra decisi@'on estar@'a +guiada por el doble objetivo de de preservar la libertad de todos los +derivados de nuestro software libre y promover el que se comparta y +reutilice el software en general. + +@subsubheading AUSENCIA DE GARANT@'IA + +Secci@'on 11 + +DEBIDO A QUE EL PROGRAMA SE LICENCIA LIBRE DE CARGAS, NO SE OFRECE +NINGUNA GARANT@'IA SOBRE EL PROGRAMA, EN TODA LA EXTENSI@'ON PERMITIDA POR +LA LEGISLACI@'ON APLICABLE. EXCEPTO CUANDO SE INDIQUE DE OTRA FORMA POR +ESCRITO, LOS PROPIETARIOS DEL COPYRIGHT Y/U OTRAS PARTES PROPORCIONAN +EL PROGRAMA «TAL CUAL», SIN GARANT@'IA DE NINGUNA CLASE, BIEN EXPRESA O +IMPL@'ICITA, CON INCLUSI@'ON, PERO SIN LIMITACI@'ON A LAS GARANT@'IAS +MERCANTILES IMPL@'ICITAS O A LA CONVENIENCIA PARA UN PROP@'OSITO +PARTICULAR. CUALQUIER RIESGO REFERENTE A LA CALIDAD Y PRESTACIONES DEL +PROGRAMA ES ASUMIDO POR USTED. SI SE PROBASE QUE EL PROGRAMA ES +DEFECTUOSO, USTED ASUME EL COSTE DE CUALQUIER SERVICIO, REPARACI@'ON O +CORRECCI@'ON NECESARIO. + +@subsubheading Secci@'on 12 + +EN NING@'UN CASO, SALVO QUE LO REQUIERA LA LEGISLACI@'ON APLICABLE O HAYA +SIDO ACORDADO POR ESCRITO, NING@'UN TENEDOR DEL COPYRIGHT NI NINGUNA +OTRA PARTE QUE MODIFIQUE Y/O REDISTRIBUYA EL PROGRAMA SEG@'UN SE PERMITE +EN ESTA LICENCIA SER@'A RESPONSABLE ANTE USTED POR DA@~NOS, INCLUYENDO +CUALQUIER DA@~NO GENERAL, ESPECIAL, INCIDENTAL O RESULTANTE PRODUCIDO +POR EL USO O LA IMPOSIBILIDAD DE USO DEL PROGRAMA (CON INCLUSI@'ON, PERO +SIN LIMITACI@'ON A LA P@'ERDIDA DE DATOS O A LA GENERACI@'ON INCORRECTA DE +DATOS O A P@'ERDIDAS SUFRIDAS POR USTED O POR TERCERAS PARTES O A UN +FALLO DEL PROGRAMA AL FUNCIONAR EN COMBINACI@'ON CON CUALQUIER OTRO +PROGRAMA), INCLUSO SI DICHO TENEDOR U OTRA PARTE HA SIDO ADVERTIDO DE +LA POSIBILIDAD DE DICHOS DA@~NOS. diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..b8240ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +@menu +* GNU General Public License:: +* GNU Free Documentation License:: +@end menu diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c4e8718 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +@node GNU General Public License +@section Licencia P@'ublica General de GNU +@cindex Licencia p@'ublica general GNU +@include trunk/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GPL.texinfo + +@node GNU Free Documentation License +@section Licencia de Documentaci@'on Libre de GNU +@cindex Licencia documentaci@'on libre GNU +@include trunk/Scripts/Functions/Help/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..38edb4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/Licenses/chapter.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +@node Licenses +@chapter Licencias +@cindex Licencias +@include Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo +@include Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository-index.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository-index.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..a299097 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository-index.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +@node Index +@unnumbered @'Indice +@printindex cp diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository-init.pl b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository-init.pl new file mode 100755 index 0000000..e3173c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository-init.pl @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +# This file extends the 'trunk/Manuals/Texinfo/repository-init.pl' +# initialization file to provide Spanish translation messages for the +# `texi2html-1.76-4.fc6' package. +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +$LANGUAGES->{'es'} = { + ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => 'Los botones en el panel de navegación tienen el significado siguiente:', + ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => 'donde el @strong{Ejemplo} asume que la posición actual es en @strong{Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Tres}', + ' Up ' => 'Arriba', + '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '', + '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '', + '%{name} of %{class}' => '%{name} de %{class}', + '%{name} on %{class}' => '%{name} en %{class}', + '%{node_file_href}' => '', + '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '', + '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'sección %{node_file_href} `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', + '%{reference_name}' => '', + '%{style} %{number}' => '', + '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '', + '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '', + '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '', + '@cite{%{book}}' => '', + 'About This Document' => 'Acerca de este documento', + 'April' => 'abril', + 'August' => 'agosto', + 'Button' => 'Botón', + 'Contents' => 'Contenidos', + 'Current Position' => 'Posición actual', + 'December' => 'diciembre', + 'February' => 'febrero', + 'Footnotes' => 'Pie de página', + 'From 1.2.3 go to' => 'Desde 1.2.3 va a', + 'Go to' => 'Ir a', + 'Index' => 'Índice', + 'Index Entry' => 'Entrada índice', + 'January' => 'enero', + 'July' => 'julio', + 'Jump to' => 'Saltar a', + 'June' => 'junio', + 'March' => 'marzo', + 'May' => 'mayo', + 'Menu:' => 'Menú:', + 'Name' => 'Nombre', + 'Next' => 'Siguiente', + 'November' => 'noviembre', + 'October' => 'octubre', + 'Overview' => 'Introducción', + 'Overview:' => 'Introducción:', + 'Prev' => 'Anterior', + 'Section' => 'Sección', + 'Section One' => 'Sección Uno', + 'See %{node_file_href}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href}', + 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}', + 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase la sección %{node_file_href} `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', + 'See %{reference_name}' => 'Véase %{reference_name}', + 'See @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase @cite{%{book}}', + 'See section %{reference_name}' => 'Véase la sección %{reference_name}', + 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase la sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', + 'September' => 'septiembre', + 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Resumen del Contenido', + 'Subsection One-Four' => 'Subsección Uno-Cuatro', + 'Subsection One-One' => 'Subsección Uno-Uno', + 'Subsection One-Three' => 'Subsección Uno-Tres', + 'Subsection One-Two' => 'Subsección Uno-Dos', + 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Cuatro', + 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Uno', + 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Tress', + 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Dos', + 'T2H_today' => '', + 'Table of Contents' => 'Tabla de contenidos', + 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado pr @emph{%{user}} en @emph{%{date}} usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', + 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado por @emph{%{user}} usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', + 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado en @i{%{date}} usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.', + 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', + 'Top' => 'Inicio', + 'Untitled Document' => 'Documento sintítulo', + 'about (help)' => 'Acerca de (ayuda)', + 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => 'Inicio del capítulo o capítulo anterior', + 'by @emph{%{user}}' => 'por @emph{%{user}}', + 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => 'por @emph{%{user}} el @emph{%{date}}', + 'cover (top) of document' => 'Cubierta (inicio) del documento', + 'current' => 'actual', + 'current section' => 'Sección actual', + 'first section in reading order' => 'Primera sección en orden de lectura', + 'following node' => 'Nodo siguiente', + 'index' => 'Índice', + 'last section in reading order' => 'Última sección en orden de lectura', + 'next chapter' => 'Capítulo siguiente', + 'next node' => 'Nodo siguiente', + 'next section in reading order' => 'Sección siguiente en order de lectura', + 'next section on same level' => 'Sección siguiente en el mismo nivel', + 'node following in node reading order' => 'siguiente nodo en orden de lectura', + 'node up' => 'nodo arriba', + 'on @emph{%{date}}' => 'el @emph{%{date}}', + 'previous node' => 'nodo anterior', + 'previous section in reading order' => 'Sección anterior en orden de lectura', + 'previous section on same level' => 'Sección anterior en el mismo nivel', + 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', + 'see %{node_file_href}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href}', + 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}', + 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href} sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', + 'see %{reference_name}' => 'Véase %{reference_name}', + 'see @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase @cite{%{book}}', + 'see section %{reference_name}' => 'véase sección %{reference_name}', + 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'véase sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', + 'short table of contents' => 'resumen del contenido', + 'table of contents' => 'Tabla de contenidos', + 'unknown' => 'desconocido', + 'up node' => 'nodo superior', + 'up section' => 'Sección superior' + }; + +$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'es'} = { + 'See' => 'Véase', + 'section' => 'sección', + 'see' => 'véase' + }; + +return 1; diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository-menu.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository-menu.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0afc9ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository-menu.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +@menu +* Licenses:: +* Index:: +@end menu diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository-nodes.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository-nodes.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a25c5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository-nodes.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +@include Licenses/chapter.texinfo diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository.conf b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository.conf new file mode 100755 index 0000000..ce1599b --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository.conf @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# Este fichero define la relación entre las plantillas de sección y +# los caminos del repositorio. Aquí usted puede personalizar la +# plantilla de sección utilizada en directorios específicos del +# repository. La primera coincidencia gana. +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Directories/section-functions.texinfo = "(trunk|branches|tags)/Scripts/Functions/[[:alnum:]]+\.texinfo$" +Directories/section.texinfo = "(trunk|branches|tags).*\.texinfo$" diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository.sed b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository.sed new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a6e0240 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository.sed @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#!/bin/sed +# +# repository.sed -- This file provide Spanish transformations for +# texi2html outupt, based on The CentOS Project CSS definitions. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Alain Reguera Delgado +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 +# USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# Quotations. +s!

Nota!

Info

Nota

!g + +s!

Advertencia!

Advertencia

Advertencia

!g + +s!

Importante!

Importante

Importante

!g + +s!

Idea!

Idea

Idea

!g + +s!

Precaución!

Precaución

Precaución

!g + +s!

Convensión!

Convensión

Convensión

!g + +s!

Redirección!

Redirección

Redirección

!g diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository.texinfo b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2463c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/Templates/es_ES/repository.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- +@c $Id$ +@c -- Header -------------------------------------------------- + +@setfilename repository.info +@settitle Repositorio Art@'istico de CentOS +@documentlanguage es +@documentencoding ISO-8859-1 +@afourpaper +@finalout + +@c -- Summary description and copyright ----------------------- + +@copying +Este manual documenta informaci@'on relevante al desempe@~no, organizaci@'on +y administraci@'on del repositorio art@'istico del proyecto CentOS. + +Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + +Se otorga permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento +bajo los t@'erminos de la Licencia de Documentaci@'on Libre de GNU, +Versi@'on 1.1 o cualquier otra versi@'on posterior publicada por la +Free Software Foundation; con las Secciones Invariantes siendo su +LISTE SUS T@'ITULOS, con Textos de Cubierta Delantera siendo LISTA, y +con los Textos de Cubierta Trasera siendo LISTA. Una copia de la +licencia est@'a incluida en la secci@'on titulada @ref{GNU Free +Documentation License}. +@end copying + +@c -- Titlepage, contents, copyright --------------------------- + +@titlepage +@title Repositorio Art@'istico de CentOS +@subtitle Manual +@author =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +@insertcopying +@end titlepage +@contents + +@c -- `Top' node and master menu ------------------------------- + +@ifnottex +@node Top +@top Repositorio Art@'istico de CentOS +@insertcopying +@end ifnottex + +@include repository-menu.texinfo + +@c -- The body of the document -------------------------------- + +@include repository-nodes.texinfo + +@c -- The end of the document --------------------------------- + +@include repository-index.texinfo + +@bye diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..caca080 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo.sh @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help.sh -- This function implements Texinfo documentation backend. +# This is, the collection of frequent actions required to produce and +# maintain The CentOS Artwork Repsoitory user's guide in Texinfo +# format. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function texinfo { + + # Define file name (without extension) for documentation manual. + MANUAL_NAME=$(cli_getRepoName "repository" -f) + + # Define file extension used by documentation manual source files. + MANUAL_EXTENSION='texinfo' + + # Define manual base directory. This is where the + # language-specific document initialization file is stored in. + MANUAL_BASEDIR="${MANUAL_TLDIR}/Texinfo/${MANUAL_LANG}" + + # Define base name for documentation manual files (without + # extension). This is the main file name used to build output + # related files (.info, .pdf, .xml, etc.). + MANUAL_BASEFILE="${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}" + + # Define chapter name of directory where repository documentation + # entries will be stored in. + MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME=$(cli_getRepoName "Directories" -d) + + # Define absolute path to chapter directory where repository + # documentation entries will be stored in. At this point, we need + # to take a desition about documentation design, in order to + # answer the question: How do we assign chapters, sections and + # subsections automatically, based on the repository structure? + # and also, how such design could be adapted to changes in the + # repository structure? + # + # One solution would be: represent the repository's directory + # structure as sections inside a chapter named `Directories' or + # something similar. Subsections and subsubsections will not have + # their own files, they all will be written inside the same + # section file that represents the repository documentation entry. + MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR=${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME} + + # Define absolute path to backend template files. + MANUAL_TEMPLATE=${FUNCDIR}/${FUNCDIRNAM}/Templates/${MANUAL_LANG} + + # Verify absolute path to backend template files. If the absolute + # path doesn't exist, use the English language templates. + if [[ ! -d $MANUAL_TEMPLATE ]];then + MANUAL_TEMPLATE=${FUNCDIR}/${FUNCDIRNAM}/Templates/en_US + fi + + # Create documentation structure, if it doesn't exist. + ${FUNCNAM}_createStructure + + # Syncronize changes between repository and working copy. At this + # point, changes in the repository are merged in the working copy + # and changes in the working copy committed up to repository. + cli_syncroRepoChanges ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR} + + # Execute backend functionalities. Notice that there are + # functionalities that need more than one action value in order to + # be executed (e.g., copying, and renaming), functionalities + # that need just one action value to be executed (e.g., + # documentation reading and edition) and functionalities that + # don't need action value at all (e.g., searching, reading and + # updating output files). This way, the execution of backend + # functionalities is splitted here. + if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "${FUNCNAM}_(copy|rename|delete)Entry" ]];then + + # Execute backend action names that may need to use more than + # one action value. + ${ACTIONNAM} $ARGUMENTS + + elif [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "${FUNCNAM}_(search(Index|Node)|updateOutputFiles)" ]];then + + # Execute backend action names that might not need any action + # value as reference to do their work. + $ACTIONNAM $ARGUMENTS + + # Backend action names that don't need to use any action value + # as reference to do their work are of one-pass only. They are + # executed and then the script execution is finished. + exit + + else + + # Execute backend action names that use one action value, only. + for ACTIONVAL in $ARGUMENTS;do + + # Define documentation entry. + MANUAL_ENTRY=$(${FUNCNAM}_getEntry $ACTIONVAL) + + # Execute backend action names that may need to use more + # than one action value. + $ACTIONNAM + + done + + fi + + # Commit changes from working copy to central repository only. At + # this point, changes in the repository are not merged in the + # working copy, but chages in the working copy do are committed up + # to repository. + cli_commitRepoChanges ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR} + + # Rebuild output files to propagate recent changes. + ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFiles + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_copyEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_copyEntry.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c7e7723 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_copyEntry.sh @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_copyEntry.sh -- This function copies documentation entries +# inside the working copy and updates the documentation structure to +# reflect the changes. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_copyEntry { + + # Verify number of non-option arguments passed to centos-art.sh + # script. + if [[ $# -lt 2 ]];then + cli_printMessage "`gettext "Two paths are required."`" --as-error-line + elif [[ $# -gt 2 ]];then + cli_printMessage "`gettext "Only two paths are supported."`" --as-error-line + fi + + # Print separator line. + cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line + + # Define source documentation entry. This is the documentation + # entry that will be duplicated. + local MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC=$(${FUNCNAM}_getEntry "${1}") + + # Define target documentation entry. This is the new documentation + # entry created from the source documentation entry. + local MANUAL_ENTRY_DST=$(${FUNCNAM}_getEntry "${2}") + + # Verify parent directory of target documentation entry. If it + # doesn't exist, create it and add it to version control. + if [[ ! -d $(dirname ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}) ]];then + mkdir -p $(dirname ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}) + svn add $(dirname ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}) --quiet + fi + + # Copy source documentation entry to target documentation entry. + if [[ -f ${MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC} ]];then + if [[ ! -f ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST} ]];then + cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}" --as-creating-line + svn cp "${MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC}" "${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}" --quiet + else + cli_printMessage "`gettext "The target location is not valid."`" --as-error-line + fi + else + cli_printMessage "`gettext "The source location is not valid."`" --as-error-line + fi + + # Redefine both source and target locations to refer the directory + # where dependent documentation entries are stored in. + MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC=$(echo ${MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC} | sed -r "s/\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}$//") + MANUAL_ENTRY_DST=$(echo ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST} | sed -r "s/\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}$//") + + # Copy dependent documentation entries, if any. + if [[ -d ${MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC} ]];then + if [[ ! -a ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST} ]];then + cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}" --as-creating-line + svn cp "${MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC}" "${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}" --quiet + fi + fi + + # Define list of target documentation entries. + local MANUAL_ENTRY='' + local MANUAL_ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList \ + $(dirname ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}) \ + --pattern="${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}.*\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}") + + # Print separator line. + cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line + + # Print action message. + cli_printMessage "`gettext "Updating menus, nodes and cross-references."`" --as-response-line + + # Loop through target documentation entries in order to update + # the documentation structure (e.g., It is not enough with copying + # documentation entry files, it is also needed to update menu, + # nodes and related cross-references). + for MANUAL_ENTRY in ${MANUAL_ENTRIES};do + + # Update menu and node definitions from manual sections to + # reflect the changes. + ${FUNCNAM}_updateMenu + ${FUNCNAM}_updateNodes + + # Update cross reference definitions from manual to reflect + # the changes. + ${FUNCNAM}_restoreCrossReferences $MANUAL_ENTRY + + done + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_createChapters.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_createChapters.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..0e6a3fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_createChapters.sh @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_createChapters.sh -- This function creates the chapters' +# base directory structure using templates as reference. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_createChapters { + + local MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME='' + + # Define list of chapter templates files used as base to create + # the chapters' documentation manual. + local FILE='' + local FILES=$(cli_getFilesList ${MANUAL_TEMPLATE} \ + --pattern='chapter(-menu|-nodes)?\.texinfo' --mindepth='2') + + # Loop through chapter structures and create them. + for FILE in $FILES;do + + # Redefine chapter directory based on template files. + MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME=$(basename $(dirname ${FILE})) + + # Verify texinfo templates used as based to build the chapter. + # Be sure they are inside the working copy of CentOS Artwork + # Repository (-w) and under version control (-n), too. + cli_checkFiles ${FILE} -wn + + # Verify chapter's directory. If it doesn't exist, create it. + if [[ ! -d ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME} ]];then + svn mkdir ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME} --quiet + fi + + # Copy template files into chapter's directory. + svn cp ${FILE} ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME} --quiet + + # Remove content from `chapter-nodes.texinfo' instance to + # start with a clean node structure. This file is also used by + # to create new repository documentation entries, but we don't + # need that information right now (when the `Directories' + # chapter structure is created), just an empty copy of the + # file. The node structure of `Directories' chapter is created + # automatically based on repository directory structure. + if [[ $FILE =~ "Directories/chapter-nodes\.texinfo$" ]];then + echo "" > ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}/chapter-nodes.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} + fi + + done + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_createStructure.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_createStructure.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..3361949 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_createStructure.sh @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_createStructure.sh -- This function creates the +# documentation structure of a manual using the current language as +# reference. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_createStructure { + + # Verify manual base directory. The manual base directory is where + # the whole documentation manual is stored in. If it already + # exist, assume it was correctly created in the past. + if [[ -d $MANUAL_BASEDIR ]];then + return + fi + + # Print action message. + cli_printMessage "-" --as-separator-line + cli_printMessage "`gettext "Creating manual structure."`" + + # Create the language-specific directory used to store all files + # related to documentation manual. + svn mkdir ${MANUAL_BASEDIR} --quiet + + # Define file names required to build the manual. + local FILE='' + local FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}" \ + --maxdepth='1' \ + --pattern="repository(-menu|-nodes|-index)?\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}") + + # Verify manual base file. The manual base file is where the + # documentation manual is defined in the backend format. Assuming + # no file exists (e.g., a new language-specific manual is being + # created), use texinfo templates for it. + for FILE in $FILES;do + if [[ ! -f ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$(basename ${FILE}) ]];then + cli_checkFiles ${FILE} -wn + svn cp ${FILE} ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$(basename ${FILE}) --quiet + cli_replaceTMarkers ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$(basename ${FILE}) + fi + done + + # Update manual chapter related files. + ${FUNCNAM}_createChapters + + # Update manual chapter related menu. + ${FUNCNAM}_updateChaptersMenu + + # Update manual chapter related nodes (based on chapter related + # menu). + ${FUNCNAM}_updateChaptersNodes + + # Commit changes from working copy to central repository only. At + # this point, changes in the repository are not merged in the + # working copy, but chages in the working copy do are committed up + # to repository. + cli_commitRepoChanges ${MANUAL_BASEDIR} + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_deleteCrossReferences.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_deleteCrossReferences.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..e6dfb8e --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_deleteCrossReferences.sh @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_deleteCrossReferences.sh -- This function looks inside +# texinfo source files, from section level on, and removes all cross +# referece definitions related to a documentation entry. Use this +# function in coordination with help_deleteEntry function, in order +# to keep cross reference information, inside the documentation +# manual, syncronized. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_deleteCrossReferences { + + local -a PATTERN + local -a REPLACE + + # Define documentation entry. + local MANUAL_ENTRY="$1" + + # Verify documentation entry. If documentation entry is empty, + # stop script execution with an error message. + if [[ $MANUAL_ENTRY == '' ]];then + cli_printMessage "`gettext "The first positional parameter cannot be empty."`" --as-error-line + fi + + # Build the node string using entry location. + local NODE=$(${FUNCNAM}_getNode "$MANUAL_ENTRY") + + # Define regular expression patterns for texinfo cross reference + # commands. + PATTERN[0]="@(pxref|xref|ref)\{(${NODE})\}" + PATTERN[1]="^(\* ${NODE}:(.*)?:(.*)?)$" + + # Define replacement string for missing entries. It is convenient + # to keep missing entries in documentation for documentation team + # to know. Removing the missing cross reference may intorudce + # confussion. Imagine that! you are spending lots of hours in an + # article and suddenly one of your cross refereces disappears with + # no visible reason, with the next working copy update you + # perform. That's frustrating. Instead, when centos-art.sh script + # finds a missing cross reference it removes the link and remark + # the issue for you to act on it. + REPLACE[0]='--- @strong{'`gettext "Removed"`'}(\1:\2) ---' + REPLACE[1]='@comment --- '`gettext "Removed"`'(\1) ---' + + # Define list of entries to process. + local MANUAL_ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList ${MANUAL_BASEDIR} \ + --pattern=".*\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}") + + # Update node-related cross references. The node-related cross + # reference definition, long ones specially, could require more + # than one line to be set. By default, GNU sed does not matches + # newline characters in the pattern space, so we need to make use + # of `label' feature and the `N' command in order to build a + # pattern space that includes the newline character in it. Here we + # use the `a' letter to name the label we use, followed by N + # command to add a newline to the pattern space, the s command to + # make the pattern replacement using the `g' flag to make it + # global and finaly the command `b' to branch label named `a'. + # + # Inside the pattern space, the `\<' and `\>' are used to restrict + # the match pattern to a word boundary. The word boundary + # restriction applied here is required to avoid undesired + # replacements when we replace singular words with their plurals. + # For example, if we need to change the word `Manual' to its + # plular (i.e., `Manuals'), and no boundary restriction is used in + # the pattern space to do that, we might end up having words like + # `Manualsssss'. This is because this sed command might be applied + # to the same file many times; and each time it is applied a new + # `Manuals' replaces the previous `Manuals' replacement to form + # `Manualss', `Manualsss', and so on for each interaction. + sed -r -i ":a;N;s!\<${PATTERN[0]}\>!${REPLACE[0]}!g;ba" ${MANUAL_ENTRIES} + + # Update menu-related cross references. Menu-related cross + # references hardly appear in more than one line, so there is no + # need to complicate much the replacement command. + sed -r -i "s!\<${PATTERN[1]}\>!${REPLACE[1]}!" ${MANUAL_ENTRIES} + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_deleteEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_deleteEntry.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..de9b4c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_deleteEntry.sh @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_deleteEntry.sh -- This function removes a documentation entry +# from documentation directory structure. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_deleteEntry { + + local MANUAL_ENTRY='' + local MANUAL_ENTRY_DIR='' + local MANUAL_ENTRY_SUBDIR='' + + # Define list of entries to remove using the entry specified in + # the command line. + local MANUAL_ENTRIES=$(${FUNCNAM}_getEntry "$@") + + # Print separator line. + cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line + + # Define list of dependen entries. Dependent entries are stored + # inside a directory with the same name of the entry being + # removed. + for MANUAL_ENTRY in $MANUAL_ENTRIES;do + + # Define directory where dependent documentation entries are + # stored in. + MANUAL_ENTRY_DIR=$(echo $MANUAL_ENTRY \ + | sed -r "s/\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}$//") + + if [[ -d $MANUAL_ENTRY_DIR ]];then + + # Add dependent documentation entries to the list of + # documentation entries that will be deleted. + MANUAL_ENTRIES="${MANUAL_ENTRIES} $(cli_getFilesList ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DIR} \ + --pattern=".*\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}")" + + for MANUAL_ENTRY in $MANUAL_ENTRIES;do + + # Define directory name for dependent documentation + # entries which have their own dependent directories. + MANUAL_ENTRY_SUBDIR=$(basename $MANUAL_ENTRY \ + | sed -r "s/\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}$//") + + # Add directory paths from dependent documentation + # entries which have their own dependent directories + # to the list of documentation entries that will be + # deleted. + MANUAL_ENTRIES="${MANUAL_ENTRIES} $(cli_getFilesList \ + ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DIR} \ + --pattern=".*/${MANUAL_ENTRY_SUBDIR}" \ + --type='d')" + + done + + fi + + done + + # Sanitate list of documentation entries that will be removed. + MANUAL_ENTRIES=$(echo ${MANUAL_ENTRIES} | tr ' ' "\n" | sort -r | uniq | tr "\n" ' ') + + # Verify existence of entries before deleting them. We cannot + # delete an entry which doesn't exist. Assuming that an entry + # doesn't exist, end script execution with an error message. + cli_checkFiles "$MANUAL_ENTRIES" + + # Remove documentation entry using Subversion's `delete' command + # to know when the action took place. Do not use regular `rm' + # command here. + for MANUAL_ENTRY in $MANUAL_ENTRIES;do + cli_printMessage "$MANUAL_ENTRY" --as-deleting-line + svn del ${MANUAL_ENTRY} --quiet + done + + # Verify exit status from subversion command to be sure everything + # went well. Otherwise stop script execution with an error + # message. + if [[ $? -ne 0 ]];then + cli_printMessage "`gettext "An error occurred when deleting entries."`" --as-toknowmore-line + fi + + # Print separator line. + cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line + + # Print action message. + cli_printMessage "`gettext "Updating menus, nodes and cross-references."`" --as-response-line + + # Process list of entries in order to update menus, nodes and + # cross references. Since we are verifying entry status before + # remove the we cannot update the information in the same loop we + # remove files. This would modify some file before be removed and + # that would stop script execution. Similary, if we do update + # menus, nodes and cross references before removing files it would + # be needed to remove farther status verification in order for the + # script to continue its execution. Thereby, I can't see a + # different way but removing files first using status verification + # and later go through entries list again to update menus, nodes + # and cross references in remaining files. + for MANUAL_ENTRY in ${MANUAL_ENTRIES};do + + # Skip all directories, they are not documentation entries on + # themselves. Use documentation entries only. + if [[ ! $MANUAL_ENTRY =~ "\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}$" ]];then + continue + fi + + # Update menu and node definitions from manual sections to + # reflect the changes. + ${FUNCNAM}_updateMenu "remove-entry" + ${FUNCNAM}_updateNodes + + # Update cross reference definitions from manual to reflect + # the changes. + ${FUNCNAM}_deleteCrossReferences $MANUAL_ENTRY + + done + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_editEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_editEntry.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..6e53abe --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_editEntry.sh @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_editEntry.sh -- This function implements the edition flow of +# documentation entries inside the working copy. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_editEntry { + + # Print separator line. + cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line + + # Verify section definition inside chapters. + if [[ ! -f $MANUAL_ENTRY ]];then + + # Verify the parent directory of documentation entry. If the + # parent directory of the current documentation entry doesn't + # exist, create it and be sure it is added to version control. + # Also, verify that the parent directory of the documentation + # entry can be created. Otherwise, stop script execution with + # an error for the user to be aware of it. + if [[ ! -d $(dirname $(dirname $MANUAL_ENTRY)) ]];then + cli_printMessage "`gettext "The documentation entry provided hasn't a parent directory."`" --as-error-line + elif [[ ! -d $(dirname $MANUAL_ENTRY) ]];then + svn mkdir $(dirname ${MANUAL_ENTRY}) --quiet + fi + + # Print confirmation question. + cli_printMessage "`gettext "The following documentation section will be created:"`" + cli_printMessage "$MANUAL_ENTRY" --as-response-line + cli_printMessage "`gettext "Do you want to continue?"`" --as-yesornorequest-line + + # Update chapter section related menu. + ${FUNCNAM}_updateMenu + + # Update chapter section related nodes (based on chapter + # section related menu). + ${FUNCNAM}_updateNodes + + # Update old missing cross references. If for some reason a + # documentation entry is removed by mistake, and that mistake + # is fixing by adding the removed documentation entry back + # into the repository, rebuild the missing cross reference + # message to use the correct link to the documentation + # section. + ${FUNCNAM}_restoreCrossReferences $MANUAL_ENTRY + + else + + # Print action message. + cli_printMessage "$MANUAL_ENTRY" --as-updating-line + + fi + + # Use default text editor to edit the documentation entry. + eval $EDITOR $MANUAL_ENTRY + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_getChapterDir.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_getChapterDir.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..bcb6e1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_getChapterDir.sh @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_getChapterDir.sh -- This function outputs the entry's +# chapter directory. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_getChapterDir { + + local MANUAL_ENTRY='' + local MANUAL_ENTRIES="$1" + + # At this point, we need to take a desition about documentation + # design, in order to answer the question: How do we assign + # chapters, sections and subsections automatically, based on the + # repository structure? and also, how such design could be + # adapted to changes in the repository structure? + # + # One solution would be: represent the repository's directory + # structure as sections inside a chapter named `Directories' or + # something similar. Subsections and subsubsections will not have + # their own files, they all will be written inside the same + # section file that represents the repository documentation entry. + for MANUAL_ENTRY in $MANUAL_ENTRIES;do + ${FUNCNAM}_getEntry $MANUAL_ENTRY | cut -d / -f-8 + done | sort | uniq + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_getEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_getEntry.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..201652d --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_getEntry.sh @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_getEntry.sh -- This function builds a documentation entry +# based on a location specified. Location specification can be both +# action value (ACTIONVAL) variable or a value passed as first +# positional parameter. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_getEntry { + + # Define variables as local to avoid conflicts outside. + local MANUAL_ENTRY='' + local LOCATION='' + local LOCATIONS='' + + # Redefine locations in order to make this function reusable not + # just for action value variable but whatever value passed as + # first possitional argument. + if [[ "$@" != '' ]];then + LOCATIONS="$@" + else + LOCATIONS="$ACTIONVAL" + fi + + for LOCATION in $LOCATIONS;do + + # Sanitate action value to use absolute paths. + LOCATION=$(cli_checkRepoDirSource $LOCATION) + + # Define relative path of entry, from trunk directory on. + MANUAL_ENTRY=$(echo $LOCATION | sed -r "s!^${HOME}/artwork/!!") + + # Verify the entry relative path to find out which + # documentation manual we are acting on. As convenction, + # whatever documentation entry you provide outside + # trunk/Manuals/ directory structure is considered as you are + # documenting the repository directory structure. Otherwise, + # if an entry inside trunk/Manuals/ is provided, the directory + # structure provided is used as default documentation manual. + if [[ ${MANUAL_ENTRY} =~ "\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}$" ]];then + MANUAL_ENTRY=$(echo ${MANUAL_ENTRY} | sed "s!${MANUAL_BASEDIR}!!") + else + MANUAL_ENTRY=$(dirname ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}/${MANUAL_ENTRY})/$(basename $LOCATION).${MANUAL_EXTENSION} + fi + + # Re-define entry to set absolute path to manuals base + # directory structure. + MANUAL_ENTRY=${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_ENTRY} + + # Output entry's absolute path. + echo ${MANUAL_ENTRY} + + done + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_getNode.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_getNode.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..39818b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_getNode.sh @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_getNode.sh -- This function cleans up the action value +# (ACTIONVAL) directory to make a node name from it. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_getNode { + + # Define documentation entry. + local MANUAL_ENTRY="$1" + + # Verify documentation entry. + if [[ $MANUAL_ENTRY == '' ]];then + cli_printMessage "`gettext "The first positional parameter cannot be empty."`" --as-error-line + fi + + # Define node from documentation entry. + local NODE=$(echo "$MANUAL_ENTRY" | sed -r \ + -e "s!^${MANUAL_BASEDIR}!!" \ + -e "s/(chapter-intro\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}|\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION})$//" \ + -e 's!/! !g' \ + -e 's!^[[:space:]]+!!') + + echo "$NODE" + +} + diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_makeSeeAlso.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_makeSeeAlso.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..8eaa39d --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_makeSeeAlso.sh @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_makeSeeAlso.sh -- This function creates an itemized list +# of links to refer parent documentation entries. This list of links +# is expanded wherever the =TEXINFO_SEEALSO= translation marker be +# placed in the documentation entry. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_makeSeeAlso { + + local FILE="$1" + local NODE="$2" + local NODECOMP='' + local NODECOMPS_TOTAL='' + local -a NODECOMPS + local SEEALSO_LIST='' + + # Stript out the node information in order to retrive its + # components individually. + for NODECOMP in $(echo $NODE);do + NODECOMPS[((++${#NODECOMPS[*]}))]=$NODECOMP + done + + # Define how many components does the node have. + local NODECOMPS_TOTAL=$((${#NODECOMPS[*]})) + + # Define the list content. This list should contain all the parent + # documentation entries under the same chapter, using the current + # documentation entry as reference. Assuming no parent directory + # exist for the current documentation entry, print just one item + # with three dots as content so as to let the user deside what the + # most appropriate content for this section would be. + if [[ $NODECOMPS_TOTAL -gt 2 ]];then + SEEALSO_LIST=$(\ + until [[ ${NODECOMPS_TOTAL} -eq 2 ]];do + echo "@item @ref{$NODE" \ + | cut -d ' ' -f-"$NODECOMPS_TOTAL" \ + | sed -r -e 's!^[:space:]*!\\n!' -e 's!$!}!'; + NODECOMPS_TOTAL=$(($NODECOMPS_TOTAL - 1)) + done) + else + SEEALSO_LIST=$(echo '\\n@item @dots{}') + fi + + # Define the list type and merge its content. + SEEALSO_LIST="$(echo '@itemize'$SEEALSO_LIST'\n@end itemize')" + + # Expand translation marker in the documentation entry. + sed -i -e "/=TEXINFO_SEEALSO=/c\\$SEEALSO_LIST" $FILE + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_renameCrossReferences.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_renameCrossReferences.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..17fd87c --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_renameCrossReferences.sh @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_renameCrossReferences.sh -- This function replaces a node +# pattern with a node replacement and updates cross-reference +# definitions to reflect the changes. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_renameCrossReferences { + + local MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC=$(${FUNCNAM}_getEntry "$1") + local MANUAL_ENTRY_DST=$(${FUNCNAM}_getEntry "$2") + + # Define node pattern for source documenation entry. + local NODE_SRC=$(${FUNCNAM}_getNode "$MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC") + + # Define node replacement for target documentation entry. + local NODE_DST=$(${FUNCNAM}_getNode "$MANUAL_ENTRY_DST") + + # Define list of entries to process. + local MANUAL_ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList ${MANUAL_BASEDIR} \ + --pattern=".*\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}") + + # Update node-related cross-references. The node-related cross + # reference definition, long ones specially, could require more + # than one line to be set. By default, GNU sed does not matches + # newline characters in the pattern space, so we need to make use + # of `label' feature and the `N' command in order to build a + # pattern space that includes the newline character in it. Here we + # use the `a' letter to name the label we use, followed by N + # command to add a newline to the pattern space, the s command to + # make the pattern replacement using the `g' flag to make it + # global and finaly the command `b' to branch label named `a'. + # + # Inside the pattern space, the `\<' and `\>' are used to restrict + # the match pattern to a word boundary. The word boundary + # restriction applied here is required to avoid undesired + # replacements when we replace singular words with their plurals. + # For example, if we need to change the word `Manual' to its + # plular (i.e., `Manuals'), and no boundary restriction is used in + # the pattern space to do that, we might end up having words like + # `Manualsssss'. This is because this sed command might be applied + # to the same file many times; and each time it is applied a new + # `Manuals' replaces the previous `Manuals' replacement to form + # `Manualss', `Manualsss', and so on for each interaction. + sed -r -i ":a;N;s!\<${NODE_SRC}\>!${NODE_DST}!g;ba" ${MANUAL_ENTRIES} + + # At this point, source documentation entry has been renamed from + # source to target documentation entry, but they are still + # commented. So, uncomment them restoring target documentation + # entries. + ${FUNCNAM}_restoreCrossReferences "${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}" + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_renameEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_renameEntry.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..95f2610 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_renameEntry.sh @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_renameEntry.sh -- This function renames documentation entries +# and updates documentation structure to reflect changes. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_renameEntry { + + # Copy source documentation entry. + ${FUNCNAM}_copyEntry "$1" "$2" + + # Delete source documentation entry. The source documentation + # entry has been copied already, so to create the rename effect + # delete it from repository filesystem. + ${FUNCNAM}_deleteEntry "$1" + + # At this point, source documentation entry has been removed and + # all menu, nodes and cross-references have been commented. So, + # replace commented menu, nodes and cross-reference information + # from source to target documentation entry. + ${FUNCNAM}_renameCrossReferences "$1" "$2" + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_restoreCrossReferences.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_restoreCrossReferences.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..adff834 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_restoreCrossReferences.sh @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_restoreCrossReferences.sh -- This function looks inside +# texinfo source files, from section level on, and restores any cross +# reference related to a documentation entry. This function is used in +# those cases where documentation entries are created/recreated to +# documentation structure. It is a verification that looks for +# matching documentation entries previously defined as removed by +# help_deleteCrossReferences function. The +# help_restoreCrossReferences function relays in the removed +# message format produced by help_deleteCrossReferences +# function, in order to return them back into the link format. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_restoreCrossReferences { + + local -a PATTERN + local -a REPLACE + + # Define documentation entry. + local MANUAL_ENTRY="$1" + + # Verify documentation entry. If documentation entry is empty, + # stop script execution with an error message. + if [[ $MANUAL_ENTRY == '' ]];then + cli_printMessage "`gettext "The first positional parameter cannot be empty."`" --as-error-line + fi + + # Build the node string using entry location. + local NODE=$(${FUNCNAM}_getNode "$MANUAL_ENTRY") + + # Define regular expression patterns to match removed message + # format produced by message_removeCrossReferences function. + PATTERN[0]="--- @strong\{`gettext "Removed"`\}\((pxref|xref|ref):(${NODE})\) ---" + PATTERN[1]="^@comment --- `gettext "Removed"`\((\* ${NODE}:(.*)?:(.*)?)\) ---$" + + # Define replacement string to turn removed message back to cross + # reference link. + REPLACE[0]='@\1{\2}' + REPLACE[1]='\1' + + # Define list of entries to process. + local MANUAL_ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList ${MANUAL_BASEDIR} \ + --pattern=".*\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}") + + # Update node-related cross references. The node-related cross + # reference definition, long ones specially, could require more + # than one line to be set. By default, GNU sed does not matches + # newline characters in the pattern space, so we need to make use + # of `label' feature and the `N' command in order to build a + # pattern space that includes the newline character in it. Here we + # use the `a' letter to name the label we use, followed by N + # command to add a newline to the pattern space, the s command to + # make the pattern replacement using the `g' flag to make it + # global and finaly the command `b' to branch label named `a'. + # + # Inside the pattern space, the `\<' and `\>' are used to restrict + # the match pattern to a word boundary. The word boundary + # restriction applied here is required to avoid undesired + # replacements when we replace singular words with their plurals. + # For example, if we need to change the word `Manual' to its + # plular (i.e., `Manuals'), and no boundary restriction is used in + # the pattern space to do that, we might end up having words like + # `Manualsssss'. This is because this sed command might be applied + # to the same file many times; and each time it is applied a new + # `Manuals' replaces the previous `Manuals' replacement to form + # `Manualss', `Manualsss', and so on for each interaction. + sed -r -i ":a;N;s!\<${PATTERN[0]}\>!${REPLACE[0]}!g;ba" ${MANUAL_ENTRIES} + + # Update menu-related cross references. Menu-related cross + # references hardly appear in more than one line, so there is no + # need to complicate the replacement command. + sed -r -i "s!\<${PATTERN[1]}\>!${REPLACE[1]}!" ${MANUAL_ENTRIES} + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_searchIndex.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_searchIndex.sh new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7cd62bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_searchIndex.sh @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_searchIndex.sh -- This function does an index search inside the +# info document. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_searchIndex { + + # Rebuild output files to propagate recent changes. + ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFiles + + # Print separator line. + cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line + + # Print action message. + cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2" --as-reading-line + + # Execute info command to perform an index-search. + /usr/bin/info --index-search="$FLAG_SEARCH" --file=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2 + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_searchNode.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_searchNode.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..4a3c676 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_searchNode.sh @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_searchNode.sh -- This function does a node search inside the +# info document. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_searchNode { + + # Print separator line. + cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line + + # Define list of documentation entries. + local MANUAL_ENTRY='' + local MANUAL_ENTRIES=$(${FUNCNAM}_getEntry "$@") + + # Loop through manual entries and read related node. + for MANUAL_ENTRY in $MANUAL_ENTRIES;do + + # Print action message. + cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2" --as-reading-line + + # Check documentation entry inside documentation structure. If + # the documentation entry exits use the info reader to open + # the info file at the specified node for reading it on the + # terminal. Otherwise, ask the user to create it. + if [[ -f "$MANUAL_ENTRY" ]];then + /usr/bin/info --node="$(${FUNCNAM}_getNode "$MANUAL_ENTRY")" --file=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2 + else + ${FUNCNAM}_editEntry + fi + + done + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateChaptersMenu.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateChaptersMenu.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..9451923 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateChaptersMenu.sh @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_updateChaptersMenu.sh -- This function updates chapter menu. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_updateChaptersMenu { + + local ACTION=$1 + local MENUCHAPTERS='' + + # Build menu of chapters. The Index node is not included as other + # nodes are. The Index node is defined inside the master texinfo + # file (repository.texinfo) as an included file. To create the final + # .info file correctly, the Index line in the menu should remain, + # even no other node exist. + if [[ -f ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} ]];then + MENUCHAPTERS=$(cat ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} \ + | egrep -v "^@(end )?menu$" | egrep -v '^\* Index::$') + fi + + # Re-defined menu of chapters based on action. + case $ACTION in + + 'remove-entry' ) + # Remove chapter from menu. + MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" \ + | egrep -v "^\* ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}::[[:print:]]*$") + ;; + + 'update-entry' | * ) + # Update chapter menu using texinfo format. + MENUCHAPTERS="${MENUCHAPTERS} + * ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}::" + ;; + esac + + # Remove opening spaces/tabs and empty line from the menu of + # chapters. Empty lines may occur the first time the menu of + # chapters is created. + MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!' \ + | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$') + + # Organize menu of chapters alphabetically and verify that no + # duplicated line be included on the list. + MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" | sort | uniq) + + # Give format to final menu output. + MENUCHAPTERS="@menu + ${MENUCHAPTERS} + * Index:: + @end menu" + + # Strip opening space/tabs from final menu of chapters. + MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!' \ + | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$') + + # Dump organized menu of chapters into file. + echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" > ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateChaptersNodes.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateChaptersNodes.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..df76d74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateChaptersNodes.sh @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_updateChaptersNodes.sh -- This function updates nodes of +# chapters based on menu of chapters. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_updateChaptersNodes { + + # Build list "nodes of chapters" based on menu of chapters. + local CHAPTERNODES=$(cat ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} \ + | egrep -v '^@(end )?menu$' | egrep -v '^\* Index::$'\ + | sed -r 's!^\* !!' | sed -r 's!::[[:print:]]*$!!g' \ + | sed -r 's! !_!g' | sort | uniq ) + + # Build list of texinfo inclusions to load chapters' nodes. Don't + # include `Index' chapter here, it has been already included in + # the `repository.texinfo' file. + local FILENODE=$(\ + for CHAPTERNODE in ${CHAPTERNODES};do + INCL=$(echo ${CHAPTERNODE} \ + | sed -r "s!(${CHAPTERNODE})!\1/chapter\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}!") + # Output inclusion line using texinfo format. + echo "@include $INCL" + done) + + # Dump organized nodes of chapters into file. + echo "$FILENODE" > ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-nodes.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateMenu.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateMenu.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..8b5886b --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateMenu.sh @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_updateMenu.sh -- This function updates menu lines inside +# texinfo chapters. If this function is called with the +# 'remove-entry' string as first argument, then the menu line related +# to the entry being processed is removed. If this function is called +# with the 'update-entry' string as first argument, then the menu line +# related to the entry being processed is added to the menu. If no +# argument is passed to this function, the 'update-entry' action is +# assumed. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_updateMenu { + + # Specify which action to do inside chapter's menu. + local ACTION="$1" + + # Build the menu node related to the entry being processed + # currently. + local MENUNODE=$(${FUNCNAM}_getNode "$MANUAL_ENTRY") + + # Give format to menu line using texinfo style. + local MENULINE="* ${MENUNODE}::" + + # Define chapter's menu. Remove `@menu', `@end menu' and empty + # lines from output. + local MENU=$(cat $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-menu.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} \ + | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$' | egrep -v '^@(end )?menu') + + # Re-defined chapter's menu based on action. + case $ACTION in + + 'remove-entry' ) + # Remove menu line from chapter's menu. + MENU=$(echo "$MENU" | egrep -v "$MENULINE") + ;; + + 'update-entry' | * ) + # Add menu line to chapter's menu. This is the default + # behaivour if no argument is passed to help_updateMenu + # function. + MENU="$MENU + $MENULINE" + ;; + esac + + # Organize menu alphabetically, remove empty and duplicated lines. + # At this point, empty line may occur the first time the menu is + # created, don't let them to scape. + MENU=$(echo "$MENU" | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$' | sort | uniq ) + + # Rebuild chapter's menu structure adding '@menu' and '@end menu' + # lines back in menu. + MENU="@menu + $MENU + @end menu" + + # Remove opening spaces/tabs from final menu structure. + MENU=$(echo "$MENU" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!g') + + # Dump final menu structure back into chapter's menu file. + echo "$MENU" > $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-menu.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateNodes.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateNodes.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..be94c2f --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateNodes.sh @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_updateNodes.sh -- This function updates chapter's nodes +# definition using the chapter's menu as reference. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_updateNodes { + + # Retrive nodes' entries from chapter-menu.texinfo file. + local NODES=$(cat $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-menu.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} \ + | sed -r 's!^\* !!' | sed -r 's!:{1,2}.*$!!g' \ + | egrep -v '^@(end )?menu$' | sed -r 's! !:!g' | sort | uniq) + + # Re-build node structure based on menu information. + for NODE in $NODES;do + + NODE=$(echo "${NODE}" | sed -r 's!:! !g') + SECT=$(echo "${NODE}" | cut -d' ' -f2- | sed -r 's! !/!g') + INCL=$(echo "${NODE}" | sed -r 's! !/!g').${MANUAL_EXTENSION} + CIND=$(echo "${NODE}") + + # Create texinfo section file using templates, only if the + # section file doesn't exist and hasn't been marked for + # deletion. Otherwise, when the files have been marked for + # deletion, they will be created again from texinfo template + # to working copy and that might create confusion. + if [[ ! -f ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL ]] \ + && [[ $(cli_getRepoStatus ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL) != 'D' ]];then + + # Define absolute path to section templates assignment + # file. This is the file that hold the relation between + # section template files and repository paths when + # documentation entries are created. + local CONFFILE="${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${MANUAL_NAME}.conf" + + # Verify existence of configuration file. + cli_checkFiles $CONFFILE + + # Retrive configuration lines from configuration file. Be + # sure no line begining with `#' or space remain in the + # line. Otherwise, it would be difficult to loop through + # configuration lines. + local CONFLINE='' + local CONFLINES=$(cat ${CONFFILE} \ + | egrep -v '^#' \ + | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$' \ + | sed -r 's![[:space:]]*!!g') + + # Initialize both left hand side and right hand side + # configuration values. + local CONFLHS='' + local CONFRHS='' + + # Initialize absolute path to final texinfo template. + local TEMPLATE='' + + # Define what section template to apply using + # documentation entry absolute path and values provided by + # configuration line. Be sure to break the loop in the + # first match. + for CONFLINE in $CONFLINES;do + + CONFLHS=$(echo $CONFLINE \ + | gawk 'BEGIN{FS = "="}; { print $1 }' \ + | sed -r 's![[:space:]]*!!g') + + CONFRHS=$(echo $CONFLINE \ + | gawk 'BEGIN{FS = "="}; { print $2 }' \ + | sed -r 's![[:space:]]*!!g' | sed -r 's!^"(.+)"$!\1!') + + if [[ ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${INCL} =~ $CONFRHS ]];then + TEMPLATE="${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${CONFLHS}" + break + fi + + done + + # Verify existence of texinfo template file. If no + # template is found, stop script execution with an error + # message. We cannot continue without it. + cli_checkFiles $TEMPLATE + + # Create documentation entry using texinfo template as + # reference. + svn cp ${TEMPLATE} ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL --quiet + + # Expand common translation markers in documentation entry. + cli_replaceTMarkers "${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL" + + # Expand `Goals' subsection translation markers in + # documentation entry. + sed -i -r "s!=SECT=!${SECT}!g" "${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL" + + # Expand `See also' subsection translation markers in + # documentation entry. + ${FUNCNAM}_makeSeeAlso "${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL" "$NODE" + + fi + + # Verify existence of chapter-nodes template files. If no + # chapter-nodes template is found, stop script execution with + # an error message. We cannot continue without it. + cli_checkFiles ${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}/chapter-nodes.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} + + # Output node information chapter-nodes template file using + # the current texinfo menu information. + cat ${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}/chapter-nodes.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} \ + | sed -r -e "s!=NODE=!${NODE}!g" -e "s!=SECT=!${SECT}!g" \ + -e "s!=CIND=!${CIND}!g" -e "s!=INCL=!${INCL}!g" + + # Dump node definitions into document structure. + done > $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-nodes.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFileDocbook.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFileDocbook.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..ef46306 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFileDocbook.sh @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_updateOutputFileDocbook.sh -- This function exports +# documentation manual to DocBook format. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_updateOutputFileDocbook { + + # Print action message. + cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.docbook" --as-updating-line + + # Update xml output format. + /usr/bin/makeinfo --docbook --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.docbook \ + ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} --no-warn + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFileInfo.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFileInfo.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..a3f523a --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFileInfo.sh @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_updateOutputFileInfo.sh -- This function exports +# documentation manual to info format. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_updateOutputFileInfo { + + # Output action message. + cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2" --as-updating-line + + # Update info file. + /usr/bin/makeinfo --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info \ + --enable-encoding \ + ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} + + # Compress info file. + if [[ $? -eq 0 ]];then + bzip2 -f ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info + fi + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFilePdf.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFilePdf.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..f0464ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFilePdf.sh @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_updateOutputFilePdf.sh -- This function exports documentation +# manual to PDF format. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_updateOutputFilePdf { + + # Output action message. + cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.pdf" --as-updating-line + + # Update plaintext output directory. + /usr/bin/texi2pdf --quiet \ + ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.pdf + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c476184 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh -- This function exports +# documentation manual to plain-text format. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_updateOutputFilePlaintext { + + # Output action message. + cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt.bz2" --as-updating-line + + # Update plaintext output directory. + /usr/bin/makeinfo --plaintext \ + ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt + + # Compress plaintext output file. + if [[ -f ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt ]];then + bzip2 ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt --force + fi + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFileXhtml.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFileXhtml.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..f8aad18 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFileXhtml.sh @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_updateOutputFileXhtml.sh -- This function exports +# documentation manual to HTML format. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_updateOutputFileXhtml { + + # Verify initialization files used by texi2html. + cli_checkFiles ${MANUAL_TLDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}-init.pl + cli_checkFiles ${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${MANUAL_NAME}-init.pl + + # Verify transformation files used to modify texi2html output. + cli_checkFiles ${MANUAL_TLDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}.sed + cli_checkFiles ${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${MANUAL_NAME}.sed + + # Output action message. + cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml.tar.bz2" --as-updating-line + + # Redefine manual base file to use just the file base name. + local MANUAL_BASEFILE=$(basename "$MANUAL_BASEFILE") + + # Add manual base directory path into directory stack to make it + # the current working directory. This is done to reduce the path + # information packaged inside `repository.xhtml.tar.bz2' file. + pushd ${MANUAL_BASEDIR} > /dev/null + + # Prepare directory structure where xhtml files will be stored in. + [[ ! -d ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml ]] && mkdir -p ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml + + # Clean up directory structure where xhtml files will be stored. + # We don't want to have unused files inside it. + [[ $(ls ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml > /dev/null) ]] && rm ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml/*.xhtml + + # Add directory where xhtml files will be sotred in into directory + # stack to make it the current working directory. This is required + # in order for include paths to be constructed correctly. + pushd ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml > /dev/null + + # Update xhtml files. Use texi2html to export from texinfo file + # format to xhtml using CentOS Web default visual style. + texi2html --lang=$(cli_getCurrentLocale --langcode-only) \ + --init-file=${MANUAL_TLDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}-init.pl \ + --init-file=${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${MANUAL_NAME}-init.pl \ + --output=${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}.xhtml \ + ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} + + # Remove directory where xhtml files are stored from directory + # stack. The xhtml files have been already created. + popd > /dev/null + + # Apply xhtml transformations. This transformation cannot be built + # inside the initialization script (repository-init.pl). For example, + # Would it be a possible way to produce different quotation HTML + # outputs from the same texinfo quotation definition? Instead, + # once the HTML code is produced we can take que quotation HTML + # definition plus the first letters inside it and transform the + # structure to a completly different thing that can be handle + # through classed inside CSS definitions. + sed -r -i \ + -f ${MANUAL_TLDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}.sed \ + -f ${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${MANUAL_NAME}.sed \ + ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml/*.xhtml + + # Compress directory structure where xhtml files are stored in. + # This compressed version is the one we put under version control. + # The directory used to build the compressed version is left + # unversion for the matter of human revision. + tar -cjf ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml.tar.bz2 ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml + + # Remove manual base directory from directory stack. + popd > /dev/null + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFileXml.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFileXml.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..306f906 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFileXml.sh @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_updateOutputFileXml.sh -- This function exports documentation +# manual to XML format. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_updateOutputFileXml { + + # Print action message. + cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xml" --as-updating-line + + # Update xml output format. + /usr/bin/makeinfo --xml \ + ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xml \ + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFiles.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFiles.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c81f132 --- /dev/null +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/Texinfo/texinfo_updateOutputFiles.sh @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# +# help_updateOutputFiles.sh -- This function exports documentation +# manual to different output formats. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +# your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +function help_updateOutputFiles { + + # Print separator line. + cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line + + # Add the working copy root directory to directory stack to make + # path construction correctly. Otherwise, makeinfo may produce + # paths incorrectly. + pushd ${HOME}/artwork > /dev/null + + ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFileInfo + ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFileXhtml + ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFileXml + ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFileDocbook + ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFilePdf + ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFilePlaintext + + # Remove the working copy root directory from directory stack. + popd > /dev/null + +} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help.sh index 367348f..5f29461 100755 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help.sh +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help.sh @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ #!/bin/bash # -# help.sh -- This function standardizes the way documentation is -# produced and maintained for "The CentOS Artwork Repository -# Reference" documentation manual. +# help.sh -- This function initializes the interface used by +# centos-art.sh script to perform documentation tasks through +# different documentation backends. # # Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG # @@ -35,57 +35,11 @@ function help { FLAG_SEARCH="" # Define manual top level directory. This is where - # language-specific documentation structures are stored in. - MANUAL_TLDIR="$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Manuals/Repository/Texinfo" + # backend-specific documentation structures are stored in. + MANUAL_TLDIR="$(cli_getRepoTLDir)/Manuals/Repository" - # Define file name (without extension) for documentation manual. - MANUAL_NAME=$(cli_getRepoName "repository" -f) - - # Define file extension used by documentation manual source files. - MANUAL_EXTENSION='texinfo' - - # Define language information used by manual. - MANUAL_LANG=$(cli_getCurrentLocale) - - # Define manual base directory. This is where the - # language-specific document initialization file is stored in. - MANUAL_BASEDIR="${MANUAL_TLDIR}/${MANUAL_LANG}" - - # Define base name for documentation manual files (without - # extension). This is the main file name used to build output - # related files (.info, .pdf, .xml, etc.). - MANUAL_BASEFILE="${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}" - - # Define chapter name of directory where repository documentation - # entries will be stored in. - MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME=$(cli_getRepoName "Directories" -d) - - # Define absolute path to chapter directory where repository - # documentation entries will be stored in. At this point, we need - # to take a desition about documentation design, in order to - # answer the question: How do we assign chapters, sections and - # subsections automatically, based on the repository structure? - # and also, how such design could be adapted to changes in the - # repository structure? - # - # One solution would be: represent the repository's directory - # structure as sections inside a chapter named `Directories' or - # something similar. Subsections and subsubsections will not have - # their own files, they all will be written inside the same - # section file that represents the repository documentation entry. - MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR=${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME} - - # Define absolute path to backend template files. - MANUAL_TEMPLATE=${FUNCDIR}/${FUNCDIRNAM}/Templates/${MANUAL_LANG} - - # Verify absolute path to backend template files. If the absolute - # path doesn't exist, use the English language templates. - if [[ ! -d $MANUAL_TEMPLATE ]];then - MANUAL_TEMPLATE=${FUNCDIR}/${FUNCDIRNAM}/Templates/en_US - fi - - # Create documentation structure, if it doesn't exist. - ${FUNCNAM}_createStructure + # Initialize documentation backend used by default. + MANUAL_BACKEND='texinfo' # Interpret option arguments passed through the command-line. ${FUNCNAM}_getOptions @@ -93,61 +47,18 @@ function help { # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS. At this point, # option arguments have been removed from ARGUMENTS variable and # only non-option arguments remain in it. - eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS" - - # Syncronize changes between repository and working copy. At this - # point, changes in the repository are merged in the working copy - # and changes in the working copy committed up to repository. - cli_syncroRepoChanges ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR} - - # Execute backend functionalities. Notice that there are - # functionalities that need more than one action value in order to - # be executed (e.g., copying, and renaming), functionalities - # that need just one action value to be executed (e.g., - # documentation reading and edition) and functionalities that - # don't need action value at all (e.g., searching, reading and - # updating output files). This way, the execution of backend - # functionalities is splitted here. - if [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "${FUNCNAM}_(copy|rename|delete)Entry" ]];then - - # Execute backend action names that may need to use more than - # one action value. - ${ACTIONNAM} $@ - - elif [[ $ACTIONNAM =~ "${FUNCNAM}_(search(Index|Node)|updateOutputFiles)" ]];then - - # Execute backend action names that might not need any action - # value as reference to do their work. - $ACTIONNAM $@ - - # Backend action names that don't need to use any action value - # as reference to do their work are of one-pass only. They are - # executed and then the script execution is finished. - exit - - else - - # Execute backend action names that use one action value, only. - for ACTIONVAL in $@;do - - # Define documentation entry. - MANUAL_ENTRY=$(${FUNCNAM}_getEntry $ACTIONVAL) - - # Execute backend action names that may need to use more - # than one action value. - $ACTIONNAM + eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS" - done + # Initialize backend-specific functionalities. + cli_exportFunctions "${FUNCDIR}/${FUNCDIRNAM}/$(cli_getRepoName \ + ${MANUAL_BACKEND} -d)" "${MANUAL_BACKEND}" - fi + # Execute backend-specific actions. + ${MANUAL_BACKEND}_${ACTIONNAM} - # Commit changes from working copy to central repository only. At - # this point, changes in the repository are not merged in the - # working copy, but chages in the working copy do are committed up - # to repository. - cli_commitRepoChanges ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR} + # Unset backend-specific functionalities. + cli_unsetFunctions "${FUNCDIR}/${FUNCDIRNAM}/$(cli_getRepoName \ + ${MANUAL_BACKEND} -d)" "${MANUAL_BACKEND}" - # Rebuild output files to propagate recent changes. - ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFiles } diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_copyEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_copyEntry.sh deleted file mode 100755 index c7e7723..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_copyEntry.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_copyEntry.sh -- This function copies documentation entries -# inside the working copy and updates the documentation structure to -# reflect the changes. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_copyEntry { - - # Verify number of non-option arguments passed to centos-art.sh - # script. - if [[ $# -lt 2 ]];then - cli_printMessage "`gettext "Two paths are required."`" --as-error-line - elif [[ $# -gt 2 ]];then - cli_printMessage "`gettext "Only two paths are supported."`" --as-error-line - fi - - # Print separator line. - cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line - - # Define source documentation entry. This is the documentation - # entry that will be duplicated. - local MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC=$(${FUNCNAM}_getEntry "${1}") - - # Define target documentation entry. This is the new documentation - # entry created from the source documentation entry. - local MANUAL_ENTRY_DST=$(${FUNCNAM}_getEntry "${2}") - - # Verify parent directory of target documentation entry. If it - # doesn't exist, create it and add it to version control. - if [[ ! -d $(dirname ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}) ]];then - mkdir -p $(dirname ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}) - svn add $(dirname ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}) --quiet - fi - - # Copy source documentation entry to target documentation entry. - if [[ -f ${MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC} ]];then - if [[ ! -f ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST} ]];then - cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}" --as-creating-line - svn cp "${MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC}" "${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}" --quiet - else - cli_printMessage "`gettext "The target location is not valid."`" --as-error-line - fi - else - cli_printMessage "`gettext "The source location is not valid."`" --as-error-line - fi - - # Redefine both source and target locations to refer the directory - # where dependent documentation entries are stored in. - MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC=$(echo ${MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC} | sed -r "s/\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}$//") - MANUAL_ENTRY_DST=$(echo ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST} | sed -r "s/\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}$//") - - # Copy dependent documentation entries, if any. - if [[ -d ${MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC} ]];then - if [[ ! -a ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST} ]];then - cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}" --as-creating-line - svn cp "${MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC}" "${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}" --quiet - fi - fi - - # Define list of target documentation entries. - local MANUAL_ENTRY='' - local MANUAL_ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList \ - $(dirname ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}) \ - --pattern="${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}.*\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}") - - # Print separator line. - cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line - - # Print action message. - cli_printMessage "`gettext "Updating menus, nodes and cross-references."`" --as-response-line - - # Loop through target documentation entries in order to update - # the documentation structure (e.g., It is not enough with copying - # documentation entry files, it is also needed to update menu, - # nodes and related cross-references). - for MANUAL_ENTRY in ${MANUAL_ENTRIES};do - - # Update menu and node definitions from manual sections to - # reflect the changes. - ${FUNCNAM}_updateMenu - ${FUNCNAM}_updateNodes - - # Update cross reference definitions from manual to reflect - # the changes. - ${FUNCNAM}_restoreCrossReferences $MANUAL_ENTRY - - done - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_createChapters.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_createChapters.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 0e6a3fb..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_createChapters.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_createChapters.sh -- This function creates the chapters' -# base directory structure using templates as reference. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_createChapters { - - local MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME='' - - # Define list of chapter templates files used as base to create - # the chapters' documentation manual. - local FILE='' - local FILES=$(cli_getFilesList ${MANUAL_TEMPLATE} \ - --pattern='chapter(-menu|-nodes)?\.texinfo' --mindepth='2') - - # Loop through chapter structures and create them. - for FILE in $FILES;do - - # Redefine chapter directory based on template files. - MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME=$(basename $(dirname ${FILE})) - - # Verify texinfo templates used as based to build the chapter. - # Be sure they are inside the working copy of CentOS Artwork - # Repository (-w) and under version control (-n), too. - cli_checkFiles ${FILE} -wn - - # Verify chapter's directory. If it doesn't exist, create it. - if [[ ! -d ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME} ]];then - svn mkdir ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME} --quiet - fi - - # Copy template files into chapter's directory. - svn cp ${FILE} ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME} --quiet - - # Remove content from `chapter-nodes.texinfo' instance to - # start with a clean node structure. This file is also used by - # to create new repository documentation entries, but we don't - # need that information right now (when the `Directories' - # chapter structure is created), just an empty copy of the - # file. The node structure of `Directories' chapter is created - # automatically based on repository directory structure. - if [[ $FILE =~ "Directories/chapter-nodes\.texinfo$" ]];then - echo "" > ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}/chapter-nodes.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} - fi - - done - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_createStructure.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_createStructure.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 3361949..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_createStructure.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_createStructure.sh -- This function creates the -# documentation structure of a manual using the current language as -# reference. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_createStructure { - - # Verify manual base directory. The manual base directory is where - # the whole documentation manual is stored in. If it already - # exist, assume it was correctly created in the past. - if [[ -d $MANUAL_BASEDIR ]];then - return - fi - - # Print action message. - cli_printMessage "-" --as-separator-line - cli_printMessage "`gettext "Creating manual structure."`" - - # Create the language-specific directory used to store all files - # related to documentation manual. - svn mkdir ${MANUAL_BASEDIR} --quiet - - # Define file names required to build the manual. - local FILE='' - local FILES=$(cli_getFilesList "${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}" \ - --maxdepth='1' \ - --pattern="repository(-menu|-nodes|-index)?\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}") - - # Verify manual base file. The manual base file is where the - # documentation manual is defined in the backend format. Assuming - # no file exists (e.g., a new language-specific manual is being - # created), use texinfo templates for it. - for FILE in $FILES;do - if [[ ! -f ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$(basename ${FILE}) ]];then - cli_checkFiles ${FILE} -wn - svn cp ${FILE} ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$(basename ${FILE}) --quiet - cli_replaceTMarkers ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$(basename ${FILE}) - fi - done - - # Update manual chapter related files. - ${FUNCNAM}_createChapters - - # Update manual chapter related menu. - ${FUNCNAM}_updateChaptersMenu - - # Update manual chapter related nodes (based on chapter related - # menu). - ${FUNCNAM}_updateChaptersNodes - - # Commit changes from working copy to central repository only. At - # this point, changes in the repository are not merged in the - # working copy, but chages in the working copy do are committed up - # to repository. - cli_commitRepoChanges ${MANUAL_BASEDIR} - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_deleteCrossReferences.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_deleteCrossReferences.sh deleted file mode 100755 index e6dfb8e..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_deleteCrossReferences.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_deleteCrossReferences.sh -- This function looks inside -# texinfo source files, from section level on, and removes all cross -# referece definitions related to a documentation entry. Use this -# function in coordination with help_deleteEntry function, in order -# to keep cross reference information, inside the documentation -# manual, syncronized. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_deleteCrossReferences { - - local -a PATTERN - local -a REPLACE - - # Define documentation entry. - local MANUAL_ENTRY="$1" - - # Verify documentation entry. If documentation entry is empty, - # stop script execution with an error message. - if [[ $MANUAL_ENTRY == '' ]];then - cli_printMessage "`gettext "The first positional parameter cannot be empty."`" --as-error-line - fi - - # Build the node string using entry location. - local NODE=$(${FUNCNAM}_getNode "$MANUAL_ENTRY") - - # Define regular expression patterns for texinfo cross reference - # commands. - PATTERN[0]="@(pxref|xref|ref)\{(${NODE})\}" - PATTERN[1]="^(\* ${NODE}:(.*)?:(.*)?)$" - - # Define replacement string for missing entries. It is convenient - # to keep missing entries in documentation for documentation team - # to know. Removing the missing cross reference may intorudce - # confussion. Imagine that! you are spending lots of hours in an - # article and suddenly one of your cross refereces disappears with - # no visible reason, with the next working copy update you - # perform. That's frustrating. Instead, when centos-art.sh script - # finds a missing cross reference it removes the link and remark - # the issue for you to act on it. - REPLACE[0]='--- @strong{'`gettext "Removed"`'}(\1:\2) ---' - REPLACE[1]='@comment --- '`gettext "Removed"`'(\1) ---' - - # Define list of entries to process. - local MANUAL_ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList ${MANUAL_BASEDIR} \ - --pattern=".*\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}") - - # Update node-related cross references. The node-related cross - # reference definition, long ones specially, could require more - # than one line to be set. By default, GNU sed does not matches - # newline characters in the pattern space, so we need to make use - # of `label' feature and the `N' command in order to build a - # pattern space that includes the newline character in it. Here we - # use the `a' letter to name the label we use, followed by N - # command to add a newline to the pattern space, the s command to - # make the pattern replacement using the `g' flag to make it - # global and finaly the command `b' to branch label named `a'. - # - # Inside the pattern space, the `\<' and `\>' are used to restrict - # the match pattern to a word boundary. The word boundary - # restriction applied here is required to avoid undesired - # replacements when we replace singular words with their plurals. - # For example, if we need to change the word `Manual' to its - # plular (i.e., `Manuals'), and no boundary restriction is used in - # the pattern space to do that, we might end up having words like - # `Manualsssss'. This is because this sed command might be applied - # to the same file many times; and each time it is applied a new - # `Manuals' replaces the previous `Manuals' replacement to form - # `Manualss', `Manualsss', and so on for each interaction. - sed -r -i ":a;N;s!\<${PATTERN[0]}\>!${REPLACE[0]}!g;ba" ${MANUAL_ENTRIES} - - # Update menu-related cross references. Menu-related cross - # references hardly appear in more than one line, so there is no - # need to complicate much the replacement command. - sed -r -i "s!\<${PATTERN[1]}\>!${REPLACE[1]}!" ${MANUAL_ENTRIES} - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_deleteEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_deleteEntry.sh deleted file mode 100755 index de9b4c7..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_deleteEntry.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_deleteEntry.sh -- This function removes a documentation entry -# from documentation directory structure. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_deleteEntry { - - local MANUAL_ENTRY='' - local MANUAL_ENTRY_DIR='' - local MANUAL_ENTRY_SUBDIR='' - - # Define list of entries to remove using the entry specified in - # the command line. - local MANUAL_ENTRIES=$(${FUNCNAM}_getEntry "$@") - - # Print separator line. - cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line - - # Define list of dependen entries. Dependent entries are stored - # inside a directory with the same name of the entry being - # removed. - for MANUAL_ENTRY in $MANUAL_ENTRIES;do - - # Define directory where dependent documentation entries are - # stored in. - MANUAL_ENTRY_DIR=$(echo $MANUAL_ENTRY \ - | sed -r "s/\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}$//") - - if [[ -d $MANUAL_ENTRY_DIR ]];then - - # Add dependent documentation entries to the list of - # documentation entries that will be deleted. - MANUAL_ENTRIES="${MANUAL_ENTRIES} $(cli_getFilesList ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DIR} \ - --pattern=".*\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}")" - - for MANUAL_ENTRY in $MANUAL_ENTRIES;do - - # Define directory name for dependent documentation - # entries which have their own dependent directories. - MANUAL_ENTRY_SUBDIR=$(basename $MANUAL_ENTRY \ - | sed -r "s/\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}$//") - - # Add directory paths from dependent documentation - # entries which have their own dependent directories - # to the list of documentation entries that will be - # deleted. - MANUAL_ENTRIES="${MANUAL_ENTRIES} $(cli_getFilesList \ - ${MANUAL_ENTRY_DIR} \ - --pattern=".*/${MANUAL_ENTRY_SUBDIR}" \ - --type='d')" - - done - - fi - - done - - # Sanitate list of documentation entries that will be removed. - MANUAL_ENTRIES=$(echo ${MANUAL_ENTRIES} | tr ' ' "\n" | sort -r | uniq | tr "\n" ' ') - - # Verify existence of entries before deleting them. We cannot - # delete an entry which doesn't exist. Assuming that an entry - # doesn't exist, end script execution with an error message. - cli_checkFiles "$MANUAL_ENTRIES" - - # Remove documentation entry using Subversion's `delete' command - # to know when the action took place. Do not use regular `rm' - # command here. - for MANUAL_ENTRY in $MANUAL_ENTRIES;do - cli_printMessage "$MANUAL_ENTRY" --as-deleting-line - svn del ${MANUAL_ENTRY} --quiet - done - - # Verify exit status from subversion command to be sure everything - # went well. Otherwise stop script execution with an error - # message. - if [[ $? -ne 0 ]];then - cli_printMessage "`gettext "An error occurred when deleting entries."`" --as-toknowmore-line - fi - - # Print separator line. - cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line - - # Print action message. - cli_printMessage "`gettext "Updating menus, nodes and cross-references."`" --as-response-line - - # Process list of entries in order to update menus, nodes and - # cross references. Since we are verifying entry status before - # remove the we cannot update the information in the same loop we - # remove files. This would modify some file before be removed and - # that would stop script execution. Similary, if we do update - # menus, nodes and cross references before removing files it would - # be needed to remove farther status verification in order for the - # script to continue its execution. Thereby, I can't see a - # different way but removing files first using status verification - # and later go through entries list again to update menus, nodes - # and cross references in remaining files. - for MANUAL_ENTRY in ${MANUAL_ENTRIES};do - - # Skip all directories, they are not documentation entries on - # themselves. Use documentation entries only. - if [[ ! $MANUAL_ENTRY =~ "\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}$" ]];then - continue - fi - - # Update menu and node definitions from manual sections to - # reflect the changes. - ${FUNCNAM}_updateMenu "remove-entry" - ${FUNCNAM}_updateNodes - - # Update cross reference definitions from manual to reflect - # the changes. - ${FUNCNAM}_deleteCrossReferences $MANUAL_ENTRY - - done - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_editEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_editEntry.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 6e53abe..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_editEntry.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_editEntry.sh -- This function implements the edition flow of -# documentation entries inside the working copy. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_editEntry { - - # Print separator line. - cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line - - # Verify section definition inside chapters. - if [[ ! -f $MANUAL_ENTRY ]];then - - # Verify the parent directory of documentation entry. If the - # parent directory of the current documentation entry doesn't - # exist, create it and be sure it is added to version control. - # Also, verify that the parent directory of the documentation - # entry can be created. Otherwise, stop script execution with - # an error for the user to be aware of it. - if [[ ! -d $(dirname $(dirname $MANUAL_ENTRY)) ]];then - cli_printMessage "`gettext "The documentation entry provided hasn't a parent directory."`" --as-error-line - elif [[ ! -d $(dirname $MANUAL_ENTRY) ]];then - svn mkdir $(dirname ${MANUAL_ENTRY}) --quiet - fi - - # Print confirmation question. - cli_printMessage "`gettext "The following documentation section will be created:"`" - cli_printMessage "$MANUAL_ENTRY" --as-response-line - cli_printMessage "`gettext "Do you want to continue?"`" --as-yesornorequest-line - - # Update chapter section related menu. - ${FUNCNAM}_updateMenu - - # Update chapter section related nodes (based on chapter - # section related menu). - ${FUNCNAM}_updateNodes - - # Update old missing cross references. If for some reason a - # documentation entry is removed by mistake, and that mistake - # is fixing by adding the removed documentation entry back - # into the repository, rebuild the missing cross reference - # message to use the correct link to the documentation - # section. - ${FUNCNAM}_restoreCrossReferences $MANUAL_ENTRY - - else - - # Print action message. - cli_printMessage "$MANUAL_ENTRY" --as-updating-line - - fi - - # Use default text editor to edit the documentation entry. - eval $EDITOR $MANUAL_ENTRY - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getChapterDir.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getChapterDir.sh deleted file mode 100755 index bcb6e1f..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getChapterDir.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_getChapterDir.sh -- This function outputs the entry's -# chapter directory. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_getChapterDir { - - local MANUAL_ENTRY='' - local MANUAL_ENTRIES="$1" - - # At this point, we need to take a desition about documentation - # design, in order to answer the question: How do we assign - # chapters, sections and subsections automatically, based on the - # repository structure? and also, how such design could be - # adapted to changes in the repository structure? - # - # One solution would be: represent the repository's directory - # structure as sections inside a chapter named `Directories' or - # something similar. Subsections and subsubsections will not have - # their own files, they all will be written inside the same - # section file that represents the repository documentation entry. - for MANUAL_ENTRY in $MANUAL_ENTRIES;do - ${FUNCNAM}_getEntry $MANUAL_ENTRY | cut -d / -f-8 - done | sort | uniq - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getEntry.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 201652d..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getEntry.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_getEntry.sh -- This function builds a documentation entry -# based on a location specified. Location specification can be both -# action value (ACTIONVAL) variable or a value passed as first -# positional parameter. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_getEntry { - - # Define variables as local to avoid conflicts outside. - local MANUAL_ENTRY='' - local LOCATION='' - local LOCATIONS='' - - # Redefine locations in order to make this function reusable not - # just for action value variable but whatever value passed as - # first possitional argument. - if [[ "$@" != '' ]];then - LOCATIONS="$@" - else - LOCATIONS="$ACTIONVAL" - fi - - for LOCATION in $LOCATIONS;do - - # Sanitate action value to use absolute paths. - LOCATION=$(cli_checkRepoDirSource $LOCATION) - - # Define relative path of entry, from trunk directory on. - MANUAL_ENTRY=$(echo $LOCATION | sed -r "s!^${HOME}/artwork/!!") - - # Verify the entry relative path to find out which - # documentation manual we are acting on. As convenction, - # whatever documentation entry you provide outside - # trunk/Manuals/ directory structure is considered as you are - # documenting the repository directory structure. Otherwise, - # if an entry inside trunk/Manuals/ is provided, the directory - # structure provided is used as default documentation manual. - if [[ ${MANUAL_ENTRY} =~ "\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}$" ]];then - MANUAL_ENTRY=$(echo ${MANUAL_ENTRY} | sed "s!${MANUAL_BASEDIR}!!") - else - MANUAL_ENTRY=$(dirname ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}/${MANUAL_ENTRY})/$(basename $LOCATION).${MANUAL_EXTENSION} - fi - - # Re-define entry to set absolute path to manuals base - # directory structure. - MANUAL_ENTRY=${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_ENTRY} - - # Output entry's absolute path. - echo ${MANUAL_ENTRY} - - done - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getNode.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getNode.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 39818b5..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getNode.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_getNode.sh -- This function cleans up the action value -# (ACTIONVAL) directory to make a node name from it. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_getNode { - - # Define documentation entry. - local MANUAL_ENTRY="$1" - - # Verify documentation entry. - if [[ $MANUAL_ENTRY == '' ]];then - cli_printMessage "`gettext "The first positional parameter cannot be empty."`" --as-error-line - fi - - # Define node from documentation entry. - local NODE=$(echo "$MANUAL_ENTRY" | sed -r \ - -e "s!^${MANUAL_BASEDIR}!!" \ - -e "s/(chapter-intro\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}|\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION})$//" \ - -e 's!/! !g' \ - -e 's!^[[:space:]]+!!') - - echo "$NODE" - -} - diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getOptions.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getOptions.sh index 882f2ee..0cf1aac 100755 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getOptions.sh +++ b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_getOptions.sh @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ #!/bin/bash # # help_getOptions.sh -- This function interpretes arguments passed to -# `manual' functionality and calls actions accordingly. +# `help' functionality and calls actions accordingly. # # Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG # @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ function help_getOptions { local ARGSS="" # Define long options we want to support. - local ARGSL="quiet,answer-yes,dont-commit-changes,read,search:,edit,update,copy,delete,rename" + local ARGSL="quiet,answer-yes,dont-commit-changes,backend:,read,search:,edit,update,copy,delete,rename" # Parse arguments using getopt(1) command parser. cli_parseArguments @@ -66,39 +66,44 @@ function help_getOptions { shift 1 ;; + --backend ) + MANUAL_BACKEND="$(cli_getRepoName "$2" -f)" + shift 2 + ;; + --search ) - ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_searchIndex" + ACTIONNAM="searchIndex" FLAG_SEARCH="$2" shift 2 ;; --edit ) - ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_editEntry" + ACTIONNAM="editEntry" shift 1 ;; --copy ) - ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_copyEntry" + ACTIONNAM="copyEntry" shift 1 ;; --delete ) - ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_deleteEntry" + ACTIONNAM="deleteEntry" shift 1 ;; --rename ) - ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_renameEntry" + ACTIONNAM="renameEntry" shift 1 ;; --update ) - ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFiles" + ACTIONNAM="updateOutputFiles" shift 1 ;; --read ) - ACTIONNAM="${FUNCNAM}_searchNode" + ACTIONNAM="searchNode" shift 1 ;; diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_makeSeeAlso.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_makeSeeAlso.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 8eaa39d..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_makeSeeAlso.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_makeSeeAlso.sh -- This function creates an itemized list -# of links to refer parent documentation entries. This list of links -# is expanded wherever the =TEXINFO_SEEALSO= translation marker be -# placed in the documentation entry. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_makeSeeAlso { - - local FILE="$1" - local NODE="$2" - local NODECOMP='' - local NODECOMPS_TOTAL='' - local -a NODECOMPS - local SEEALSO_LIST='' - - # Stript out the node information in order to retrive its - # components individually. - for NODECOMP in $(echo $NODE);do - NODECOMPS[((++${#NODECOMPS[*]}))]=$NODECOMP - done - - # Define how many components does the node have. - local NODECOMPS_TOTAL=$((${#NODECOMPS[*]})) - - # Define the list content. This list should contain all the parent - # documentation entries under the same chapter, using the current - # documentation entry as reference. Assuming no parent directory - # exist for the current documentation entry, print just one item - # with three dots as content so as to let the user deside what the - # most appropriate content for this section would be. - if [[ $NODECOMPS_TOTAL -gt 2 ]];then - SEEALSO_LIST=$(\ - until [[ ${NODECOMPS_TOTAL} -eq 2 ]];do - echo "@item @ref{$NODE" \ - | cut -d ' ' -f-"$NODECOMPS_TOTAL" \ - | sed -r -e 's!^[:space:]*!\\n!' -e 's!$!}!'; - NODECOMPS_TOTAL=$(($NODECOMPS_TOTAL - 1)) - done) - else - SEEALSO_LIST=$(echo '\\n@item @dots{}') - fi - - # Define the list type and merge its content. - SEEALSO_LIST="$(echo '@itemize'$SEEALSO_LIST'\n@end itemize')" - - # Expand translation marker in the documentation entry. - sed -i -e "/=TEXINFO_SEEALSO=/c\\$SEEALSO_LIST" $FILE - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_renameCrossReferences.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_renameCrossReferences.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 17fd87c..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_renameCrossReferences.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_renameCrossReferences.sh -- This function replaces a node -# pattern with a node replacement and updates cross-reference -# definitions to reflect the changes. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_renameCrossReferences { - - local MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC=$(${FUNCNAM}_getEntry "$1") - local MANUAL_ENTRY_DST=$(${FUNCNAM}_getEntry "$2") - - # Define node pattern for source documenation entry. - local NODE_SRC=$(${FUNCNAM}_getNode "$MANUAL_ENTRY_SRC") - - # Define node replacement for target documentation entry. - local NODE_DST=$(${FUNCNAM}_getNode "$MANUAL_ENTRY_DST") - - # Define list of entries to process. - local MANUAL_ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList ${MANUAL_BASEDIR} \ - --pattern=".*\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}") - - # Update node-related cross-references. The node-related cross - # reference definition, long ones specially, could require more - # than one line to be set. By default, GNU sed does not matches - # newline characters in the pattern space, so we need to make use - # of `label' feature and the `N' command in order to build a - # pattern space that includes the newline character in it. Here we - # use the `a' letter to name the label we use, followed by N - # command to add a newline to the pattern space, the s command to - # make the pattern replacement using the `g' flag to make it - # global and finaly the command `b' to branch label named `a'. - # - # Inside the pattern space, the `\<' and `\>' are used to restrict - # the match pattern to a word boundary. The word boundary - # restriction applied here is required to avoid undesired - # replacements when we replace singular words with their plurals. - # For example, if we need to change the word `Manual' to its - # plular (i.e., `Manuals'), and no boundary restriction is used in - # the pattern space to do that, we might end up having words like - # `Manualsssss'. This is because this sed command might be applied - # to the same file many times; and each time it is applied a new - # `Manuals' replaces the previous `Manuals' replacement to form - # `Manualss', `Manualsss', and so on for each interaction. - sed -r -i ":a;N;s!\<${NODE_SRC}\>!${NODE_DST}!g;ba" ${MANUAL_ENTRIES} - - # At this point, source documentation entry has been renamed from - # source to target documentation entry, but they are still - # commented. So, uncomment them restoring target documentation - # entries. - ${FUNCNAM}_restoreCrossReferences "${MANUAL_ENTRY_DST}" - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_renameEntry.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_renameEntry.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 95f2610..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_renameEntry.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_renameEntry.sh -- This function renames documentation entries -# and updates documentation structure to reflect changes. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_renameEntry { - - # Copy source documentation entry. - ${FUNCNAM}_copyEntry "$1" "$2" - - # Delete source documentation entry. The source documentation - # entry has been copied already, so to create the rename effect - # delete it from repository filesystem. - ${FUNCNAM}_deleteEntry "$1" - - # At this point, source documentation entry has been removed and - # all menu, nodes and cross-references have been commented. So, - # replace commented menu, nodes and cross-reference information - # from source to target documentation entry. - ${FUNCNAM}_renameCrossReferences "$1" "$2" - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_restoreCrossReferences.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_restoreCrossReferences.sh deleted file mode 100755 index adff834..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_restoreCrossReferences.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_restoreCrossReferences.sh -- This function looks inside -# texinfo source files, from section level on, and restores any cross -# reference related to a documentation entry. This function is used in -# those cases where documentation entries are created/recreated to -# documentation structure. It is a verification that looks for -# matching documentation entries previously defined as removed by -# help_deleteCrossReferences function. The -# help_restoreCrossReferences function relays in the removed -# message format produced by help_deleteCrossReferences -# function, in order to return them back into the link format. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_restoreCrossReferences { - - local -a PATTERN - local -a REPLACE - - # Define documentation entry. - local MANUAL_ENTRY="$1" - - # Verify documentation entry. If documentation entry is empty, - # stop script execution with an error message. - if [[ $MANUAL_ENTRY == '' ]];then - cli_printMessage "`gettext "The first positional parameter cannot be empty."`" --as-error-line - fi - - # Build the node string using entry location. - local NODE=$(${FUNCNAM}_getNode "$MANUAL_ENTRY") - - # Define regular expression patterns to match removed message - # format produced by message_removeCrossReferences function. - PATTERN[0]="--- @strong\{`gettext "Removed"`\}\((pxref|xref|ref):(${NODE})\) ---" - PATTERN[1]="^@comment --- `gettext "Removed"`\((\* ${NODE}:(.*)?:(.*)?)\) ---$" - - # Define replacement string to turn removed message back to cross - # reference link. - REPLACE[0]='@\1{\2}' - REPLACE[1]='\1' - - # Define list of entries to process. - local MANUAL_ENTRIES=$(cli_getFilesList ${MANUAL_BASEDIR} \ - --pattern=".*\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}") - - # Update node-related cross references. The node-related cross - # reference definition, long ones specially, could require more - # than one line to be set. By default, GNU sed does not matches - # newline characters in the pattern space, so we need to make use - # of `label' feature and the `N' command in order to build a - # pattern space that includes the newline character in it. Here we - # use the `a' letter to name the label we use, followed by N - # command to add a newline to the pattern space, the s command to - # make the pattern replacement using the `g' flag to make it - # global and finaly the command `b' to branch label named `a'. - # - # Inside the pattern space, the `\<' and `\>' are used to restrict - # the match pattern to a word boundary. The word boundary - # restriction applied here is required to avoid undesired - # replacements when we replace singular words with their plurals. - # For example, if we need to change the word `Manual' to its - # plular (i.e., `Manuals'), and no boundary restriction is used in - # the pattern space to do that, we might end up having words like - # `Manualsssss'. This is because this sed command might be applied - # to the same file many times; and each time it is applied a new - # `Manuals' replaces the previous `Manuals' replacement to form - # `Manualss', `Manualsss', and so on for each interaction. - sed -r -i ":a;N;s!\<${PATTERN[0]}\>!${REPLACE[0]}!g;ba" ${MANUAL_ENTRIES} - - # Update menu-related cross references. Menu-related cross - # references hardly appear in more than one line, so there is no - # need to complicate the replacement command. - sed -r -i "s!\<${PATTERN[1]}\>!${REPLACE[1]}!" ${MANUAL_ENTRIES} - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_searchIndex.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_searchIndex.sh deleted file mode 100644 index 7cd62bc..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_searchIndex.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_searchIndex.sh -- This function does an index search inside the -# info document. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_searchIndex { - - # Rebuild output files to propagate recent changes. - ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFiles - - # Print separator line. - cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line - - # Print action message. - cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2" --as-reading-line - - # Execute info command to perform an index-search. - /usr/bin/info --index-search="$FLAG_SEARCH" --file=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2 - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_searchNode.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_searchNode.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 4a3c676..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_searchNode.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_searchNode.sh -- This function does a node search inside the -# info document. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_searchNode { - - # Print separator line. - cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line - - # Define list of documentation entries. - local MANUAL_ENTRY='' - local MANUAL_ENTRIES=$(${FUNCNAM}_getEntry "$@") - - # Loop through manual entries and read related node. - for MANUAL_ENTRY in $MANUAL_ENTRIES;do - - # Print action message. - cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2" --as-reading-line - - # Check documentation entry inside documentation structure. If - # the documentation entry exits use the info reader to open - # the info file at the specified node for reading it on the - # terminal. Otherwise, ask the user to create it. - if [[ -f "$MANUAL_ENTRY" ]];then - /usr/bin/info --node="$(${FUNCNAM}_getNode "$MANUAL_ENTRY")" --file=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2 - else - ${FUNCNAM}_editEntry - fi - - done - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersMenu.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersMenu.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 9451923..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersMenu.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_updateChaptersMenu.sh -- This function updates chapter menu. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_updateChaptersMenu { - - local ACTION=$1 - local MENUCHAPTERS='' - - # Build menu of chapters. The Index node is not included as other - # nodes are. The Index node is defined inside the master texinfo - # file (repository.texinfo) as an included file. To create the final - # .info file correctly, the Index line in the menu should remain, - # even no other node exist. - if [[ -f ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} ]];then - MENUCHAPTERS=$(cat ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} \ - | egrep -v "^@(end )?menu$" | egrep -v '^\* Index::$') - fi - - # Re-defined menu of chapters based on action. - case $ACTION in - - 'remove-entry' ) - # Remove chapter from menu. - MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" \ - | egrep -v "^\* ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}::[[:print:]]*$") - ;; - - 'update-entry' | * ) - # Update chapter menu using texinfo format. - MENUCHAPTERS="${MENUCHAPTERS} - * ${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}::" - ;; - esac - - # Remove opening spaces/tabs and empty line from the menu of - # chapters. Empty lines may occur the first time the menu of - # chapters is created. - MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!' \ - | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$') - - # Organize menu of chapters alphabetically and verify that no - # duplicated line be included on the list. - MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" | sort | uniq) - - # Give format to final menu output. - MENUCHAPTERS="@menu - ${MENUCHAPTERS} - * Index:: - @end menu" - - # Strip opening space/tabs from final menu of chapters. - MENUCHAPTERS=$(echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!' \ - | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$') - - # Dump organized menu of chapters into file. - echo "${MENUCHAPTERS}" > ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersNodes.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersNodes.sh deleted file mode 100755 index df76d74..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateChaptersNodes.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_updateChaptersNodes.sh -- This function updates nodes of -# chapters based on menu of chapters. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_updateChaptersNodes { - - # Build list "nodes of chapters" based on menu of chapters. - local CHAPTERNODES=$(cat ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-menu.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} \ - | egrep -v '^@(end )?menu$' | egrep -v '^\* Index::$'\ - | sed -r 's!^\* !!' | sed -r 's!::[[:print:]]*$!!g' \ - | sed -r 's! !_!g' | sort | uniq ) - - # Build list of texinfo inclusions to load chapters' nodes. Don't - # include `Index' chapter here, it has been already included in - # the `repository.texinfo' file. - local FILENODE=$(\ - for CHAPTERNODE in ${CHAPTERNODES};do - INCL=$(echo ${CHAPTERNODE} \ - | sed -r "s!(${CHAPTERNODE})!\1/chapter\.${MANUAL_EXTENSION}!") - # Output inclusion line using texinfo format. - echo "@include $INCL" - done) - - # Dump organized nodes of chapters into file. - echo "$FILENODE" > ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}-nodes.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateMenu.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateMenu.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 8b5886b..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateMenu.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_updateMenu.sh -- This function updates menu lines inside -# texinfo chapters. If this function is called with the -# 'remove-entry' string as first argument, then the menu line related -# to the entry being processed is removed. If this function is called -# with the 'update-entry' string as first argument, then the menu line -# related to the entry being processed is added to the menu. If no -# argument is passed to this function, the 'update-entry' action is -# assumed. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_updateMenu { - - # Specify which action to do inside chapter's menu. - local ACTION="$1" - - # Build the menu node related to the entry being processed - # currently. - local MENUNODE=$(${FUNCNAM}_getNode "$MANUAL_ENTRY") - - # Give format to menu line using texinfo style. - local MENULINE="* ${MENUNODE}::" - - # Define chapter's menu. Remove `@menu', `@end menu' and empty - # lines from output. - local MENU=$(cat $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-menu.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} \ - | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$' | egrep -v '^@(end )?menu') - - # Re-defined chapter's menu based on action. - case $ACTION in - - 'remove-entry' ) - # Remove menu line from chapter's menu. - MENU=$(echo "$MENU" | egrep -v "$MENULINE") - ;; - - 'update-entry' | * ) - # Add menu line to chapter's menu. This is the default - # behaivour if no argument is passed to help_updateMenu - # function. - MENU="$MENU - $MENULINE" - ;; - esac - - # Organize menu alphabetically, remove empty and duplicated lines. - # At this point, empty line may occur the first time the menu is - # created, don't let them to scape. - MENU=$(echo "$MENU" | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$' | sort | uniq ) - - # Rebuild chapter's menu structure adding '@menu' and '@end menu' - # lines back in menu. - MENU="@menu - $MENU - @end menu" - - # Remove opening spaces/tabs from final menu structure. - MENU=$(echo "$MENU" | sed -r 's!^[[:space:]]+!!g') - - # Dump final menu structure back into chapter's menu file. - echo "$MENU" > $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-menu.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateNodes.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateNodes.sh deleted file mode 100755 index be94c2f..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateNodes.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_updateNodes.sh -- This function updates chapter's nodes -# definition using the chapter's menu as reference. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_updateNodes { - - # Retrive nodes' entries from chapter-menu.texinfo file. - local NODES=$(cat $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-menu.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} \ - | sed -r 's!^\* !!' | sed -r 's!:{1,2}.*$!!g' \ - | egrep -v '^@(end )?menu$' | sed -r 's! !:!g' | sort | uniq) - - # Re-build node structure based on menu information. - for NODE in $NODES;do - - NODE=$(echo "${NODE}" | sed -r 's!:! !g') - SECT=$(echo "${NODE}" | cut -d' ' -f2- | sed -r 's! !/!g') - INCL=$(echo "${NODE}" | sed -r 's! !/!g').${MANUAL_EXTENSION} - CIND=$(echo "${NODE}") - - # Create texinfo section file using templates, only if the - # section file doesn't exist and hasn't been marked for - # deletion. Otherwise, when the files have been marked for - # deletion, they will be created again from texinfo template - # to working copy and that might create confusion. - if [[ ! -f ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL ]] \ - && [[ $(cli_getRepoStatus ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL) != 'D' ]];then - - # Define absolute path to section templates assignment - # file. This is the file that hold the relation between - # section template files and repository paths when - # documentation entries are created. - local CONFFILE="${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${MANUAL_NAME}.conf" - - # Verify existence of configuration file. - cli_checkFiles $CONFFILE - - # Retrive configuration lines from configuration file. Be - # sure no line begining with `#' or space remain in the - # line. Otherwise, it would be difficult to loop through - # configuration lines. - local CONFLINE='' - local CONFLINES=$(cat ${CONFFILE} \ - | egrep -v '^#' \ - | egrep -v '^[[:space:]]*$' \ - | sed -r 's![[:space:]]*!!g') - - # Initialize both left hand side and right hand side - # configuration values. - local CONFLHS='' - local CONFRHS='' - - # Initialize absolute path to final texinfo template. - local TEMPLATE='' - - # Define what section template to apply using - # documentation entry absolute path and values provided by - # configuration line. Be sure to break the loop in the - # first match. - for CONFLINE in $CONFLINES;do - - CONFLHS=$(echo $CONFLINE \ - | gawk 'BEGIN{FS = "="}; { print $1 }' \ - | sed -r 's![[:space:]]*!!g') - - CONFRHS=$(echo $CONFLINE \ - | gawk 'BEGIN{FS = "="}; { print $2 }' \ - | sed -r 's![[:space:]]*!!g' | sed -r 's!^"(.+)"$!\1!') - - if [[ ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${INCL} =~ $CONFRHS ]];then - TEMPLATE="${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${CONFLHS}" - break - fi - - done - - # Verify existence of texinfo template file. If no - # template is found, stop script execution with an error - # message. We cannot continue without it. - cli_checkFiles $TEMPLATE - - # Create documentation entry using texinfo template as - # reference. - svn cp ${TEMPLATE} ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL --quiet - - # Expand common translation markers in documentation entry. - cli_replaceTMarkers "${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL" - - # Expand `Goals' subsection translation markers in - # documentation entry. - sed -i -r "s!=SECT=!${SECT}!g" "${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL" - - # Expand `See also' subsection translation markers in - # documentation entry. - ${FUNCNAM}_makeSeeAlso "${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/$INCL" "$NODE" - - fi - - # Verify existence of chapter-nodes template files. If no - # chapter-nodes template is found, stop script execution with - # an error message. We cannot continue without it. - cli_checkFiles ${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}/chapter-nodes.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} - - # Output node information chapter-nodes template file using - # the current texinfo menu information. - cat ${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${MANUAL_CHAPTER_NAME}/chapter-nodes.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} \ - | sed -r -e "s!=NODE=!${NODE}!g" -e "s!=SECT=!${SECT}!g" \ - -e "s!=CIND=!${CIND}!g" -e "s!=INCL=!${INCL}!g" - - # Dump node definitions into document structure. - done > $MANUAL_CHAPTER_DIR/chapter-nodes.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileDocbook.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileDocbook.sh deleted file mode 100755 index ef46306..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileDocbook.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_updateOutputFileDocbook.sh -- This function exports -# documentation manual to DocBook format. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_updateOutputFileDocbook { - - # Print action message. - cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.docbook" --as-updating-line - - # Update xml output format. - /usr/bin/makeinfo --docbook --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.docbook \ - ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} --no-warn - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileInfo.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileInfo.sh deleted file mode 100755 index a3f523a..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileInfo.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_updateOutputFileInfo.sh -- This function exports -# documentation manual to info format. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_updateOutputFileInfo { - - # Output action message. - cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info.bz2" --as-updating-line - - # Update info file. - /usr/bin/makeinfo --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info \ - --enable-encoding \ - ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} - - # Compress info file. - if [[ $? -eq 0 ]];then - bzip2 -f ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.info - fi - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePdf.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePdf.sh deleted file mode 100755 index f0464ce..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePdf.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_updateOutputFilePdf.sh -- This function exports documentation -# manual to PDF format. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_updateOutputFilePdf { - - # Output action message. - cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.pdf" --as-updating-line - - # Update plaintext output directory. - /usr/bin/texi2pdf --quiet \ - ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.pdf - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh deleted file mode 100755 index c476184..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_updateOutputFilePlaintext.sh -- This function exports -# documentation manual to plain-text format. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_updateOutputFilePlaintext { - - # Output action message. - cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt.bz2" --as-updating-line - - # Update plaintext output directory. - /usr/bin/makeinfo --plaintext \ - ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt - - # Compress plaintext output file. - if [[ -f ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt ]];then - bzip2 ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.txt --force - fi - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileXhtml.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileXhtml.sh deleted file mode 100755 index f8aad18..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileXhtml.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_updateOutputFileXhtml.sh -- This function exports -# documentation manual to HTML format. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_updateOutputFileXhtml { - - # Verify initialization files used by texi2html. - cli_checkFiles ${MANUAL_TLDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}-init.pl - cli_checkFiles ${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${MANUAL_NAME}-init.pl - - # Verify transformation files used to modify texi2html output. - cli_checkFiles ${MANUAL_TLDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}.sed - cli_checkFiles ${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${MANUAL_NAME}.sed - - # Output action message. - cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml.tar.bz2" --as-updating-line - - # Redefine manual base file to use just the file base name. - local MANUAL_BASEFILE=$(basename "$MANUAL_BASEFILE") - - # Add manual base directory path into directory stack to make it - # the current working directory. This is done to reduce the path - # information packaged inside `repository.xhtml.tar.bz2' file. - pushd ${MANUAL_BASEDIR} > /dev/null - - # Prepare directory structure where xhtml files will be stored in. - [[ ! -d ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml ]] && mkdir -p ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml - - # Clean up directory structure where xhtml files will be stored. - # We don't want to have unused files inside it. - [[ $(ls ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml > /dev/null) ]] && rm ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml/*.xhtml - - # Add directory where xhtml files will be sotred in into directory - # stack to make it the current working directory. This is required - # in order for include paths to be constructed correctly. - pushd ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml > /dev/null - - # Update xhtml files. Use texi2html to export from texinfo file - # format to xhtml using CentOS Web default visual style. - texi2html --lang=$(cli_getCurrentLocale --langcode-only) \ - --init-file=${MANUAL_TLDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}-init.pl \ - --init-file=${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${MANUAL_NAME}-init.pl \ - --output=${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}.xhtml \ - ${MANUAL_BASEDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} - - # Remove directory where xhtml files are stored from directory - # stack. The xhtml files have been already created. - popd > /dev/null - - # Apply xhtml transformations. This transformation cannot be built - # inside the initialization script (repository-init.pl). For example, - # Would it be a possible way to produce different quotation HTML - # outputs from the same texinfo quotation definition? Instead, - # once the HTML code is produced we can take que quotation HTML - # definition plus the first letters inside it and transform the - # structure to a completly different thing that can be handle - # through classed inside CSS definitions. - sed -r -i \ - -f ${MANUAL_TLDIR}/${MANUAL_NAME}.sed \ - -f ${MANUAL_TEMPLATE}/${MANUAL_NAME}.sed \ - ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml/*.xhtml - - # Compress directory structure where xhtml files are stored in. - # This compressed version is the one we put under version control. - # The directory used to build the compressed version is left - # unversion for the matter of human revision. - tar -cjf ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml.tar.bz2 ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xhtml - - # Remove manual base directory from directory stack. - popd > /dev/null - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileXml.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileXml.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 306f906..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFileXml.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_updateOutputFileXml.sh -- This function exports documentation -# manual to XML format. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_updateOutputFileXml { - - # Print action message. - cli_printMessage "${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xml" --as-updating-line - - # Update xml output format. - /usr/bin/makeinfo --xml \ - ${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.${MANUAL_EXTENSION} --output=${MANUAL_BASEFILE}.xml \ - -} diff --git a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFiles.sh b/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFiles.sh deleted file mode 100755 index c81f132..0000000 --- a/Scripts/Functions/Help/help_updateOutputFiles.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# -# help_updateOutputFiles.sh -- This function exports documentation -# manual to different output formats. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Artwork SIG -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at -# your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -function help_updateOutputFiles { - - # Print separator line. - cli_printMessage '-' --as-separator-line - - # Add the working copy root directory to directory stack to make - # path construction correctly. Otherwise, makeinfo may produce - # paths incorrectly. - pushd ${HOME}/artwork > /dev/null - - ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFileInfo - ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFileXhtml - ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFileXml - ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFileDocbook - ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFilePdf - ${FUNCNAM}_updateOutputFilePlaintext - - # Remove the working copy root directory from directory stack. - popd > /dev/null - -}